hyundai santa fe 2010 manual

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

Santa Fe

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2009 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defeccts

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-2Vehicle handling instructions / 1-4Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AUN

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You’ll find various WARNINGS, CAU-TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety.You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in these WARN-INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber((RTM)/2) of 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

1 3

Introduction

A020103AUN

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-posed of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Introduction

41

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, we rec-ommend that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to oper-ate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

VEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

1 5

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSA030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

A040000AFD

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such dataas:* How various systems in your vehicle

were operating:* Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa-tion occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with thetype of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded.In addition to the vehicle manufacture,other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Engine oil pressure warninglight

*: if equipped❈: For more detailed explanations, refer

to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.

Seat belt warning light

Tailgate open warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

AWD system warning light*

AWD LOCK indicator*

Malfunction indicator*

Air bag warning light

Cruise SET indicator

Low fuel level warning light

Shift pattern indicator

Charging system warning light

Low windshield washer fluidlevel warning light*

Door ajar warning light

ESC indicator

ESC OFF indicator

Low tire pressure telltale /TPMS(Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) malfunction indicator

A050000BFD

ECO indicator*ECO

Cruise indicator

2Interior overview / 2-2

Instrument panel overview / 2-3

Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ............................4-8

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*.....4-38

3. Central door lock switch* ..........................4-8

4. Power window lock button*.....................4-15

5. Power window switches..........................4-13

6. Fuse box ..................................................7-47

7. ESC OFF button .....................................5-28

8. AWD Lock button....................................5-17

9. Instrument panel illumination..................4-41

10. Front fog light button* ...........................4-60

11. AC inverter button* ...............................4-93

12. Hood release lever ...............................4-17

13. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-26

14. Seat ........................................................3-2

* : if equipped

OCM010001NB010000AFD

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster ...........................4-402. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-573. Wiper/Washer..................................4-614. Steering wheel audio controls* .......4-995. Auto cruise controls* .......................5-336. Driver’s air bag................................3-457. Ignition switch ...................................5-48. Steering wheel ................................4-269. Digital clock ........................................4-9410. Audio system*..............................4-10411. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-5612. Climate control system* ........4-67/4-7613. Seat warmer* ................................3-1014. Shift lever ................................5-7/5-1015. Cigarette lighter.............................4-8916. Power outlet ..................................4-9217. Ashtray ..........................................4-8918. Passenger’s air bag ......................3-4519. Vent controls .................................4-7020. Glove box ......................................4-8621. Parking brake pedal ......................5-2422. Brake pedal...................................5-2323. Accelerator pedal ............................5-6* : if equipped

OCM010002N

B020000AFD


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OXM079001

1. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-16

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-14

3. Brake fluid reservoir.........................7-18

4. Air cleaner .......................................7-22

5. Fuse box..........................................7-47

6. Negative battery terminal ................7-29

7. Positive battery terminal ..................7-29

8. Radiator cap ....................................7-17

9. Engine oil dipstick............................7-14

10. Power steering fluid reservoir ........7-19

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir..7-20

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seat / 3-2

Seat belts / 3-17

Child restraint system / 3-28

Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-36



23

C010000AFD

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Headrest

Rear seat(7) Seatback angle and folding(8) Headrest(9) Armrest

* if equipped

SEAT

Manual seat

Power seat

OCM030001N

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

3 5


Front seat adjustment - ManualC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

OCM030003OCM030002 OCM030004


63

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control switches at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

C010105AFD

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the outside of the dri-ver’s seatback. Pivoting the lever increas-es or decreases lumbar support.

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control switches located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driving,adjust the seat to the proper position soas to easily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instrumentpanel.

OCM030005

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the vehicle.

3 7


Forward and backwardPush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

Seatback anglePush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat height (for driver’s seat)Pull the front portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control switch up to raise or downto lower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seat reach-es the desired position.

OCM030006 OCM030007 OCM030008


83

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the button.

C010104BFD

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

OCM030009 OJM069015

3 9


Active headrest (if equipped)

The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps prevent the driver's and frontpassenger’s heads from moving back-ward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.For your safety, the active headrest can’tbe removed. If there is any problem withthe active headrest, take your vehicle toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)

The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

OCM030010HNF2041-1 OCM030011


103

Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

C010107AFD

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

• Each time you push the button, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

: HIGH : LOW

OCM030012 OCM029145N-2

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

→

3 11


✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

C010108AUN

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

OMG039017

OHM038010

Type A

Type B


123

Rear seat adjustmentSeatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback

of the seat to the position you desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OJM069015ROCM030062N

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.

3 13


Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

The headrest can’t be removed. If there isany problem with the headrest, take yourvehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked.

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

OCM030060N


143

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

ArmrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seat back andcushion, and make sure the rear seatbelt webbing does not get in the waywhen folding the rear seat.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

OCM052035

3 15


4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. The headrest will fold forward.When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

Also, unfold the headrest manually.

OCM030063N

OCM030064N

OCM030065N

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.


163

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacks tothe upright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts to theirproper position.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

3 17


C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)


183

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.

If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill operate for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,the warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph(10 km/h), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate for approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 3mph (5 km/h).

C020102AFD-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

1GQA2083 B180A01NF

1

2

3 19


✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment (Front)

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).

Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

OCM030026


203

C020106AFD

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

B200A01NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm near the door.

3 21


When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowedin the pocket between the rear seatbackand cushion when not in use.

B210A01NF1

OCM052031OHM038028N


223

Pre-tensioner seat beltYour vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions orrollovers). The pre-tensioner seat beltscan be activated, where the frontal colli-sion (or side collisions or rollovers) issevere enough, together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions(or side collisions or rollovers), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seatbelt into tighter contact against the occu-pant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

✽✽ NOTICE The pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision or rollover, if the vehicle isequipped with a side or curtain air bag.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OED030300 8KMB3311

3 23


CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt or SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions(or side collisions or rollovers).The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the "ON" position, andthen it should turn off.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be working

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please read andfollow all of the important infor-mation and precautions aboutyour vehicle’s occupant safetyfeatures – including seat beltsand air bags – that are providedin this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.


243

Seat belt precautions(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

3 25


Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


263

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front and rear seatsis in a reclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

3 27


C020400AUN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AFD

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.


283

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000AEN-EU

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a LATCH system.Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

3 29


C030100AFD

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. For safety rea-sons, we recommend that the childrestraint system be used in the rearseats.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

CRS09

OUN026150

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system


303

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

C030102BUN-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

E2MS103005

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Before installing the childrestraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

3 31


To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OEN036103OEN036102OEN036101


323

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

C030103AFD

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seats.

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

OCM030033OEN036104

3 33


1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

OXM039034

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.


343

C030104AFD-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

OHM038045N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator WARNING

When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

1KMB3541

3 35


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors. Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tilt theseat from side to side. Also try to tug theseat forward. Check to see if the anchorshold the seat in place.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during installation.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

B230D03NF


363

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OCM030303

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 37


SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Front impact sensors3. Passenger's front air bag module*4. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*5. Side impact sensors*6. Curtain air bag modules*7. Side impact air bag modules*8. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor*9. Air bag warning light

10. PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator(Front passenger's seat only)*

11. Occupant classification system(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s seat track position sensor13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat

belt buckle sensors*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

OCM030200N

10

11

131210

11

1312


383

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

3 39


B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.


403

C040300AUN-EU

Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupant classi-fication system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-tems (both front and side) should beactivated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatingthe front passenger air bag system isdeactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indica-tor will be turned off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASS AIR BAG "OFF"indicator on the center facia panel. Thissystem detects the conditions 1~4 in thefollowing table and activates or deacti-vates the front passenger air bag basedon these conditions.

OCM052116N

3 41


Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which candefect the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult.When a smaller adultsits in the front passenger seat, thesystem may recognize him/her as achild depending on his/her physiqueand posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a smallerchild than the same age sits in thefront passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as an infantdepending on his/her physique orposture.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

*4) The PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatormay turn on or off when a child above12 months to 12 years old (with orwithout child restraint system) sits inthe front passenger seat. This is anormal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

On

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Deactivated

PASS AIR BAG"OFF" indicator

light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)


423

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

3 43


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASS AIR BAG "OFF"indicator is on, turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK position and ask the passen-ger to sit properly (sitting upright with theseat back in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extended and theirfeet on the floor). Restart the engine andhave the person remain in that position.This will allow the system to detect theperson and to enable the passenger airbag.

If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator isstill on, ask the passenger to move to therear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatorilluminates for about 4 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion or after the engine is started. If thefront passenger seat is occupied, theoccupant classification sensor will thenclassify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PASSAIR BAG "OFF" indicator is illumi-nated because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a crash. If thePASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicatorremains illuminated after the adultpassenger repositions themselvesproperly and the car is restarted, itis recommended that passengermove to the rear seat because thepassenger's front air bag will notdeploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items, such as aseatback table, on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.


443

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the door or center console, orhips shifted forward in the seat)can cause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the PASSAIR BAG "OFF" indicator.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indi-cator is illuminated when thefront passenger's seat is occu-pied by an adult and he/she sitsproperly (sitting upright with theseatback in an upright position,centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feeton the floor), have that person sitin the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 45


C040400AFD

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingpositions.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "SRS AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad cover in thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the PASS AIR BAG"OFF" indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impact crasheseven if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu-pant classification system and theSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

OCM030037

OCM030038

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag


463

The driver's seat track position sensor,which is installed on the seat track, deter-mines if the seat is fore or aft of a refer-ence position. The seat belt buckle sen-sors determine if the driver and front pas-senger's seat belts are fastened. Thesesensors provide the ability to control theSRS deployment based on how close thedriver's seat is to the steering wheel,whether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate because theSRS air bag warning light is con-nected with the seat track positionsensor and the occupant classifica-tion system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor and causethe air bag to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.

3 47


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the PASSAIR BAG "OFF" indicator is illu-minated, because the air bag willnot deploy in the event of a mod-erate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)


483

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

3 49


Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

• The side impact air bags are designedto deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed and pointof impact.

• The side impact air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impact butalso on the opposite side.

• Also, both sides of the side impact airbags deploy in certain rollover situa-tions.

• The side impact air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impact.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

OCM030039N

OCM030306


503

C040700AFD

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.

OXM039055

OCM030304

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact orrollover conditions severeenough to cause significantinjury to the vehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side air bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition key ison.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantclassification system.

3 51


They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.• The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not only deployon the side of the impact but also onthe opposite side.

• Also, both sides of the curtain air bagsdeploy in certain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact.

(Continued)• Never try to open or repair any

components of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicleoccupants in an accident.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide its best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system.Make sure to put the childrestraint system as far away fromthe door side as possible, andsecure the child restraint systemin a locked position.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

(Continued)


523

C040800AFD

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module /

Rollover sensor(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side impact sensor

OCM030040N/OCM030041/OCM030042/OXM039043/OXM039044

1 2 3 4

3 53


C040801AUN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or front doorsand/or C pillars where side colli-sion sensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked and repairedby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards (or sidestep or running board) or replac-ing a bumper (or front door) withnon-genuine parts may adverselyaffect your vehicles collision andair bag deployment performance.

WARNING If your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to OFF or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignitions is ON,and the rollover sensor detects thesituation as a rollover.

1VQA2084


543

Side impact and curtain air bags

Side impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Also, the side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate when a rollover isdetected by a rollover sensor.Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions or rollovers. Butthey may inflate in other type of collisionsor similar rollover situations, if the sideimpact sensors or rollover sensor detecta sufficient impact or rollover.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OCM030305

3 55


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OVQ036018NOUN036087


563

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate in a rollover, when it is detectedby the rollover sensor.Also, side and curtain air bags mayinflate when the vehicle is rolled overby a side impact collision, if the vehicleis equipped with side impact air bagsand curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092

3 57


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision in orderto help protect the occupants from seri-ous physical injury.Also, the air bags inflate instantly in theevent of a rollover in order to help pro-tect the occupants from serious physi-cal injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.

However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.


583

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in steering wheeland/or instrument panel and/or inboth sides of the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors are veryhot. To prevent injury, do not touchthe air bag storage areas internalcomponents immediately after anair bag has inflated.

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.

3 59


C040903AUN

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seatNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

C041000AUN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

1JBH3051

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147


603

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger's panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• Not only the modification of theparts where the SRS sensors arebut also the modification of otherparts of the vehicle may affect theSRS performance and lead topossible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

3 61


C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front door, front end or side sheet metalor ride height, this may affect the opera-tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required bythe U.S. National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA), are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

3 62


WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

• Always have the ignition OFF inan abnormal situation. The sideair bags may inflate if the vehicleis tilted such as when beingtowed because the rollover sen-sor detects it as a rollover situa-tion.

• Be careful not to cause impact tothe doors when the ignition isON. The air bags may inflate.

OCM030053L

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-3Theft-alarm system / 4-5Door locks / 4-7Tailgate / 4-11Windows / 4-13Hood / 4-17Fuel filler lid / 4-19Sunroof / 4-22

Steering wheel / 4-26Mirrors / 4-28Instrument cluster / 4-40Rearview camera / 4-56Hazard warning flasher / 4-56Lighting / 4-57Wipers and washers / 4-61Interior light / 4-63Defroster / 4-66Manual climate control system / 4-67Automatic climate control system / 4-76Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-83Storage compartment / 4-86Interior features / 4-89Exterior features / 4-98Audio system / 4-99



24

D010100AFD

Record your key numberThe key code number isstamped on the barcode tag attached to thekey set. Should youlose your keys, this

number will enable an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keyseasily. Remove the bar code tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, record thecode number and keep it in a safe andhandy place, but not in the vehicle.

D010200AFD

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove box.

(if equipped)

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OUN026060

4 3


Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink once to indicate thatall doors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights will blink once.

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed once more within 4 sec-onds. The hazard warning lights will blinktwice again to indicate that all doors areunlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

D020104AUN

Alarm (3, if equipped)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

OCM040001A


44

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

D020300AFD

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesdown as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For transmitter replacement, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for repro-gramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OCM052004WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 5


D030000AUN-EE

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AUN-EE

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and the engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed. Thesystem can also be armed by locking thedoors with the key. However, the hazardwarning lights will not blink.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) and enginehood are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door (or tailgate) orengine hood is opened within 30seconds after the system enters thearmed stage, the system is dis-armed to prevent unnecessaryalarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage


64

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using ignition key or transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

ignition key or transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds, and repeatthe horn 3 times unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the transmitter or ignition key.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:• The doors are unlocked using the

transmitter or ignition key.• The engine is started.• The ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-

tion for 30 seconds or more.After pressing unlock button, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

4 7


Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger'sdoor.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OCM052005

LockUnlock

OCM040012


84

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the lock position, the buttonwill unlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened.

D050202AUN

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

OCM040008

Lock

Unlock

OCM040009

OCM040010

Driver’s door

Passenger’s door

4 9


• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and the driver’s door is opened,the driver’s door will not lock when thefront portion (1) of the central door lockswitch is pressed.

• Also, if the key is in the ignition switchand the passenger's door is opened,all of the doors will not lock when thefront portion (1) of the central door lockswitch is pressed.

D050300AUN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch is ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.


104

Auto door lock/unlock feature(if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock when

the transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofP(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockedwhen the transaxle shift lever isshifted into P(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the ignition key is removed fromthe ignition switch.

D050500AUN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even though the innerdoor handle is pulled inside the vehi-cle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OXM049010

4 11


Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter or central doorlock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

OCM040015OCM040011A


124

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

4 13


D080000AFD

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OCM040016


144

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The dri-ver’s door has a master power windowswitch that controls all the windows in thevehicleThe power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open position),your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. Thisnoise is a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080103AUN

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

OHM048016 OHM048015

4 15


Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a front and rear pas-senger door by pressing the powerwindow lock button located on the dri-ver’s door to the LOCK position(pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the front and rear passen-ger door power windows.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OUN026013 OCM052013


164

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in the opposite directionsat the same time. If this is done,the window will stop and cannotbe opened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

4 17


D090100AUN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, push the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will completely riseby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

D090200AUN

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

HOOD

OCM052018 OCM040020


184

WARNING - Hood• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.

4 19


Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the floornext to the driver’s seat.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014 OCM040021


204

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-eling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Once refu-eling has begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete.

(Continued)

D100300BFD

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

4 21


(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


224

D110000AUN

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control switch located onthe overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, sunroof may

not work properly due to freezingconditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100AFD

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),move the sunroof control switch towardsthe rear of the vehicle for more than 0.5second.The sunroof will slide to the recommend-ed open position.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control switchmomentarily.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040232N

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control switch after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

OCM029024L

4 23


✽✽ NOTICETo reduce wind noise while driving, werecommend you to drive at the recom-mended position.

To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),move the sunroof control switch towardsthe front of the vehicle for more than 0.5second.The sunroof will close all the way. To stopthe sunroof sliding at any point, pull orpush the sunroof control switch momen-tarily.

D110101AUN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse the direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

D110200AUN

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),push the sunfoof control switch upwardfor more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pullthe sunfoof control switch downwardmomentarily.To close the sunroof, pull the sunroofcontrol switch downward and hold it untilthe sunroof is closed.

OCM029025LOUN026027


244

D110300AUN

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid.You will have to close it man-ually if you want it closed.

OHM048028

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend face, neck, arms orbody outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

4 25


Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and close the sunroof com-pletely.

2. Release the control switch.3. Pull and hold the sunroof control

switch downward until the sunroof tiltsand slightly moves up and down.Then, release the control switch.

4. Pull and hold the sunroof controlswitch downward until the sunroof isoperated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control switch.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may operateimproperly.


264

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below 14°F/-10°C), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing the accelerator untilthe RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then releaseor let the engine idle for two or threeminutes to warm up the fluid.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme right or left for more than 5seconds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel for morethan 5 seconds in either positionmay cause damage to the powersteering pump.

4 27


To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OCM040034

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OCM040180

OCM040033

Type A

Type B


284

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withcompass (if equipped)1. Status Indicator LED2. Feature Control Button3. Rear Light Sensor 4. Display Window

The electric chromic mirror automaticallycontrols the glare from headlights behindyou when the function is turned on bypressing and holding the Feature ControlButton for more than 3 but less than 6seconds. This feature can be turned offby pressing and holding the button for thesame amount of time once more.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OAM049023Day

Night

B520C08JM

4 29


To operate Compass feature

Press and release the button, then thevehicle's directional heading will be dis-played. Pressing and releasing the buttonagain will turn off the display.

Heading display

- E : East- W : West- S : South- N : North

ex) NE : North East

Calibration procedureThe compass may not indicate the cor-rect compass direction if the electroniccompass has not been calibrated cor-rectly, if the compass zone number is dif-ferent from your current location, or whenyou are driving in certain areas (tunnel,parking garage, underground parking lot,near transformer substation, etc.), andthe following may occur:

- “C” is displayed.- The compass headings become inac-

curate.- The compass heading does not

change when the vehicle changesdirection.

- Some compass headings are not dis-played.

- The compass headings are inaccuratein long distance driving.

If the vehicle’s compass headingsbecome inaccurate, the compass shouldbe calibrated as follows:1.Ensure the vehicle is not located near

large steel structures or under electricpower lines.

2.Turn on the compass by pressing thebutton.

3.Press and hold the button for morethan 6 but less than 9 seconds. Thecurrent zone number will appear in thedisplay. Release then press the buttonuntil your zone number appears in thedisplay.

4.Check the mirror angle by pressingand holding the button for more than12seconds. Release then press thebutton to “L”(for steering wheel on theLeft side of the vehicle). (if installed)

5.Press and hold the button between 9and 12 seconds. Release the buttonwhen a “C” appears in the display.

6.Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circlesat less than 5mph(8km/h) or until thecompass heading appears.

CAUTIONBe sure the area is free of traffic,pedestrians, and obstructions.


304

Setting the compass zone1.Determine the Zone Number based on

your current location in the Zone Map.2.Press and hold the button for more

than 6 but less than 9 seconds. Thecurrent zone number will appear in thedisplay.

3.Release then press the button to incre-ment to new your zone number.

4.Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circlesat less than 5mph(8km/h) or until thecompass heading appears.

B520C05NF

4 31


D140105AEN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withcompass and HomeLink® system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with aZ-Nav™ Electronic Compass Displayand an Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System. During nighttime driving,this feature will automatically detect andreduce rearview mirror glare while thecompass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver allows you to activate yourgarage door(s), electric gate, home light-ing, etc.

(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

OEN046033N

CAUTION• Do not install a ski rack, antenna,

etc. that is attached to the vehicleusing a magnet. Anythingattached to the roof of the vehiclewith a magnet will effect the com-pass operation.

• If the compass deviates from thecorrect indication after repeatingthe adjustment, have the com-pass checked by an authorizeddealer.

• The compass may not indicatethe correct compass point in tun-nels or while driving up or down asteep hill. (The compass returnsto the correct compass pointwhen the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism isstabilized.)

• When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror as that may causethe liquid cleaner to enter the mir-ror housing.


324

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) Mirror

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is themost advanced way to reduce annoyingglare in the rearview mirror during anydriving situation. For more informationregarding NVS® mirrors and other appli-cations, please refer to the Gentex web-site:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dim upondetecting glare from the vehicles travel-ing behind you. The auto-dimming func-tion can be controlled by the DimmingON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicat-ed by the green Status Indicator LEDturning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns theauto-dimming function ON which isindicated by the green Status IndicatorLED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON positioneach time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is alsoequipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass thatshows the vehicle Compass heading inthe Display Window using the 8 basiccardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turn thedisplay feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button again

to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set with pressand hold sequences of the button andare detailed below.

There is a difference between magneticnorth and true north. The compass in themirror can compensate for this differencewhen it knows the Magnetic Zone inwhich it is operating. This is set either bythe dealer or by the user. The operatingZone Numbers for North America areshown in the figure on the following sec-tion.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object that wouldobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.

4 33


To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone Number

based upon your current location onthe Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for morethan 3 but less than 6 seconds, thecurrent Zone Number will appear onthe display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers to incre-ment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14,15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the buttonwhen the desired Zone Numberappears on the display will set the newZone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the compasswill start displaying a compass head-ing again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle magnets,such as installing a ski rack or a CBantenna. Body repair work on the vehiclecan also cause changes to the vehicle'smagnetic field. In these situations, thecompass will need to be re-calibrated toquickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

B520C05NF


344

1. Press and hold the button for morethan 6 seconds. When the compassmemory is cleared a "C" will appear inthe display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem

The HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-fre-quency (RF) transmitters with a singlebuilt-in device. This innovative feature willlearn the radio frequency codes of mostcurrent transmitters to operate devicessuch as gate operators, garage dooropeners, entry door locks, security sys-tems, even home lighting. Both standardand rolling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following the out-lined procedures. Additional HomeLink®

information can be found at: www.home-link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the RFdevice you are programming for use inother vehicles as well as for futureHomeLink® programming. It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons beerased for security purposes.

Programming HomeLink®

✽✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the vehi-cle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmit-ter of the device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker training andaccurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the igni-tion switch to be turned to the second(or "accessories") position for pro-gramming and/or operation ofHomeLink.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programming stepslisted below, contact HomeLink® at:www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CAUTIONBefore programming HomeLink® toa garage door opener or gate oper-ator, make sure that people andobjects are out of the way of thedevice to prevent potential harm ordamage. Do not use HomeLink®

with any garage door opener thatlacks the safety stop and reversefeatures required by U.S. federalsafety standards (this includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982). Agarage door that cannot detect anobject - signaling the door to stopand reverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards. Usinga garage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seri-ous injury or death.

4 35


Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press and

hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3Buttons, until the indicator light beginsto flash (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons. Do not hold the buttonsfor longer than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold boththe HomeLink® and hand-held trans-mitter button. DO NOT release the but-tons until step 4 has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the buttonsthe red Indicator Status LED will flashslowly and then rapidly afterHomeLink® successfully trains to thefrequency signal from the hand-heldtransmitter. Release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996may be determined by the following:• Reference the device owner's manual

for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears to

program the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver but does not activate thedevice.

• Press and hold the trained HomeLinkbutton. The device has the rolling codefeature if the indicator light flashes rap-idly and then turns solid after 2 sec-onds.

To train rolling code devices, follow theseinstructions:1. At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe "learn" or "smart" button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color ofthe button may vary by garage dooropener brand.If there is difficulty locating the trainingbutton, reference the device owner'smanual or please visit our Web site atwww.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or"smart" button (which activates the"training light").


364

✽✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiatestep3.

3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and then releasethe desired HomeLink® button. Repeatthe "press/hold/release" sequence asecond time to complete the program-ming. (Some devices may require youto repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow either steps1 through 4 above for other RollingCode devices or steps 2 through 5 inStandard Programming for standarddevices.

Gate operator & Canadian program-mingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press the IntegratedHomeLink® Wireless Control System but-ton (note steps 2 through 4 in theStandard Programming portion of thisdocument) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitter everytwo seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The indicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly after sever-al seconds upon successful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for the traineddevice (i.e. garage door opener, gateoperator, security system, entry doorlock, home/office lighting, etc.). For con-venience, the hand-held transmitter ofthe device may also be used at any time.

Reprogramming a single HomeLink®

buttonTo program a new device to a previouslytrained HomeLink® button, follow thesesteps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehandheld transmitter 1 to 3 inchesaway from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheld transmit-ter button. The HomeLink® indicatorlight will flash, first slowly and then rap-idly.

4. When the indicator light begins to flashrapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your new deviceshould activate.

4 37


Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three programmedbuttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash-after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold forlonger than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be programmed atany time following the appropriate stepsin the Programming sections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. this device may not cause harmful



NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

WARNINGThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void theuser's authority to operate thedevice.


384

D140200AUN

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

Remote controlThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent inadvertentadjustment.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OCM040038

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

4 39


D140202AFD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

B510E01E

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.


404

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Engine coolant temperature gauge3. Fuel gauge4. Speedometer5. Turn signal indicators6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)7. Odometer/Trip computer (if equipped)

OCM040050N

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more details refer to the "Gauges" in

the next pages.

4 41


Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.

GaugesD150201AUN

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OCM052056 OCM040053N OCM040053N


424

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

D150203AUN

Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

OCM040057

4 43


D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AFD

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select odmeter, tripmeter A or B orECO ON/OFF as follows:TRIP A → TRIP B → Odometer→ ECO ON/OFF*

* if equipped

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, it couldcause the engine to misfire andresult in excessive loading of thecatalytic converter.

→

OCM040058 OCM040071R


444

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter of the odometerof any vehicle with the intent to changethe mileage registered on the odometer.The alteration may void your warrantycoverage.

Tripmeter

The tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trip selected by the driver.Tripmeter can be reset to 0 by pressingthe RESET button for 1 second or more.

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECO ON mode, ECOOFF is displayed in the screen and theECO indicator turns off while driving.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the RESET button morethan 1 second in the ECO OFF modeand then ECO ON mode is displayed inthe screen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to tripmeter.

OCM040060 OHD040550

4 45


D150206AFD

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving onthe display when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. All stored driving infor-mation (except odometer, distance toempty and instant fuel consumption) isresets if the battery is disconnected.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

OCM040060

Tripmeter B*

Average speed*

Outside air temperature*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty*

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

* if equipped

ECO ON/OFF*

OCM040061N


464

Tripmeter

TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to empty (if equipped)

This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to999 miles (50 to 999 km).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)

This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (--.-).

OCM040062N OCM040063N OCM040065N

4 47


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average speed (if equipped)

This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps changing while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

Outside air temperature (if equipped)

This mode indicates the outside air tem-perature.The meter's working range is from -40°Fto 75°F (-40°C to 167°C).To change the outside temperature dis-play unit (°F ↔ °C), press the RESETbutton for more than 5 seconds in thismode.

OCM040067N OCM040069N


484

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECO ON mode, ECOOFF is displayed in the screen and theECO indicator turns off.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the RESET button morethan 1 second in the ECO OFF modeand then ECO ON mode is displayed inthe screen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to odometer.

D150300AFD

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

D150301AAM-EU

ECO indicator (if equipped)

The ECO indicator is a system thatinforms you to drive economically.It is displayed if you drive fuel efficientlyto help you improve fuel efficiency.• The ECO indicator (green) will turn on

when you are driving fuel efficiently inthe ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP button.As per ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,refer to the previous page.

• The fuel-efficiency can be changed bythe driver's driving habits and roadconditions.

• It doesn't work at the conditions whichdoesn't meet economical driving suchas P (Park), N (Neutral) and R(Reverse).

OCM040070

ECO

4 49


D150302AFD

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIRBAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150303AFD

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

WARNINGDon't keep watching the indicatorwhile driving. It will distract youwhile driving and cause an acci-dent that results in severe personalinjury.


504

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning light

If two warning lights illuminate at thesame time while driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with ABS andEBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Seat belt warning

Seat belt warning light

As a reminder to the driver the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.For details, refer to the seat belt on chap-ter 3.

D150305AFD

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

4 51


D150307AFD

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150308AFD

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning

This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped immedi-ately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.


524

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

TPMS (Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) indicator (if equipped)Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the "ON" position.The low tire pressure and position tell-tales illuminate when one or more of yourtires is significantly underinflated.The low tire pressure telltale will illumi-nate after it blinks for approximately oneminute when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter 6.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

4 53


D150312AUN

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.

D150313AFD

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely.

D150318AFD

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator (if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is nealy empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320ACM

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.


544

ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) indicator(if equipped)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions. Under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESC indicator willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.But, if the ESC system malfunctions theindicator illuminates and stays on. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISEindicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button is pushed again.For more information about the use ofcruise control, refer to “Cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTIONIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CRUISE

4 55


Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (-SET or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (-SET or RES+) ispushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

AWD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the AWD indicator will illu-minate and then go off in a few seconds.If the AWD system warning light illuminates, this indicates that there is amalfunction in the AWD system. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

AWD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The AWD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the AWD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this AWD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on dry road surfaces, wetpavement, snow-covered roads and/oroff-road. The AWD LOCK indicator lightis turned off by pushing the button again.

CAUTIONDo not use AWD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or highway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage ofAWD related parts.

SET


564

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe A/V system while backing-up.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirror and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup because there is a dead zonethat can't see through the cam-era.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera maynot operate normally.

OCM040111N

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OCM040110

OCM040090N

4 57


D190100AUN

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the small light when the driverremoves the ignition key and opens thedriver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401AUN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

LIGHTING

OCM040120 OCM040121


584

D190402AUN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru-ment panel. This will ensure bet-ter auto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OCM040122 OCM040123

4 59


D190500AUN

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating.They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

OCM040125 OCM040124 OCM040126


604

If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

D190700AFD

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when the foglight switch is pushed (the indicator onthe button will illuminate) after the head-light is turned on.

To turn off the fog lights, push the switchagain.

D190900AUN

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The parklight switch is ON.2. Engine stops.

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

OCM052074

OCM029074N

Type A

Type B

4 61


A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe· LO – Normal wiper speed· HI – Fast wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Spraying washer fluid· ON – Normal wipe operation· OFF – Off· – Wash with brief wipes

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the

lever upward and release it withthe lever in the OFF position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OCM040129

Windshield wiper/washer

Rear window wiper/washer(if equipped)


624

D200200AFD

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles. Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty. The spray and wiper oper-ation will continue until you release thelever. If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid level isnot sufficient, you will need to add appro-priate non-abrasive windshield washerfluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

D200300AFD

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wipingON - Normal wiper operationOFF - Wiper is not in operation

- Spraying washer fluid and wiping

OCM040133L

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OCM040132L

4 63


D210000AUN

Automatic turn off function (if equipped)The interior lights automatically turn offapproximately 20 minutes after the igni-tion switch is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with the theftalarm system, the interior lights automat-ically turn off approximately 3 secondsafter the system is armed.

D210100AFD

Map lamp This light produces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lamp at night or asa personal lamp for the driver and frontpassenger.• : Push the switch to turn the

map lamp on or off.• DOOR : If the map lamp is pressed in,

the light will turn on when thedoor is opened and turned offwhen the door is closed. Todisable the DOOR modepress out the switch.

• DOME : Push the switch to turn therear room lamp on or off.

Room lamp The light will turn on and off as follows ifthe switch is pressed.• ON : The light turns on and stays on

when the switch is pressed.The light turns off and stays offwhen the switch is pressedagain.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OCM029077N OCM052079L


644

• DOOR : The light comes on when anydoor (or tailgate) is openedregardless of the ignition switchposition. When doors areunlocked by the transmitter, thelight comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long asany door is not opened. Thelight goes out gradually afterapproximately 30 seconds ifthe door is closed. However, ifthe ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, the light willturn off immediately.If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the light stayson for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is openedwith the ignition switch in theON position, the light stays oncontinuously.

D210300ACM

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)• OFF : The light stays off at all times.• ON : The light stays on at all times.• DOOR : The luggage room lamp comes

on when the tailgate is opened.

Door courtesy lamp (if equipped)The door courtesy lamp comes ON whenthe door is opened to assist entering orexiting the vehicle. It also serves as awarning to passing vehicles that the vehi-cle door is open.

OXM049136 OCM040134

4 65


D210500AUN

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OCM052126OCM040179


664

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog on thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AUN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the wiperdeicer, it will operate at the same timeyou turn on the rear window defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OCM040135N

4 67


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040201N

1. Fan speed control knob2. Air conditioning button (if equipped)3. Mode selection button4. OFF button5. Air intake control button6. Temperature control knob7. MAX A/C button8. Front windshield defroster button9. Rear window defroster button


684

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

❈❈ 2nd row outlet vents (E)• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents

is controlled by the front climate controlsystem and delivered through theinside air duct of the front doors. If thedoor is open or not closed completely,the air flow of the 2nd row outlet vent isnot delivered properly. Make sure thefront doors are closed completely.

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet ventsmay be weaker than the instrumentpanel vents for the long air duct in thefront doors.

• Close the air vents in cold weather.Theair flow of the 2nd row outlet vents maycool a little during heating operation.(Use the 2nd row outlet vents duringcooling operation.)

OCM040223N

4 69


Mode selectionThe mode buttons control the direction ofthe air flow through the ventilation sys-tem.Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Six symbols are usedto represent MAX A/C, Face, Bi-Level,Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, F, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OCM040141


704

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OCM052155AOCM040142 OCM052154

4 71


Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outsideand is heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause foggingof the windshield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

WARNING• Continue using the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continue using the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OCM052153A


724

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

OCM052157A OCM040229N

4 73


Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes fromentering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503AFD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.


744

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AFD

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 75


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

D230400AFD

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.


764

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040150N

1. A/C display2. AUTO (automatic control) button3. Front blower OFF button4. Air conditioning button*5. Driver's temperature control knob6. Front fan speed control switch7. Air intake control button8. Passenger's temperature control knob9. Mode selection button10. Dual temperature control selection

button11. Front windshield defroster button12. Rear window defroster button* if equipped

4 77


Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature switch to thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 71°F/22°C.

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OCM040218OCM052098


784

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OCM052104

4 79


Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OCM040151N OCM040142 OCM040230N


804

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually

1. Press the DUAL button to operate thedriver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control knob is operated,it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Operate the right temperature controlto adjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver’s side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally

1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol switch. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol-lows:While pressing the MODE button, pressthe DUAL button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Fahrenheitto Centigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°F ~ 140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

OCM052148 OCM040069N

4 81


Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

OCM040153

WARNING• Continue using the climate control

system in the recirculated air posi-tion may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climate controlsystem in the recirculated air posi-tion can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.


824

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by operating the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed, press ( ) theswitch for higher speed, or push ( ) theswitch for lower speed. To turn the fanspeed control off, press the front blowerOFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the front blower OFF button to turnoff the front air climate control system.However, you can still operate the modeand air intake buttons as long as the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

OCM040154 OCM052103 OCM052099

4 83


• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection to the posi-tion and fan speed control to thelower speed.

OCM040160N


844

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.

OCM040162N OCM040163NOCM040161N

4 85


Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of fogging upinside of the windshield, the air intake orair conditioning are controlled automati-cally according to certain conditions suchas or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowing.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position by press-

ing the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button (Recirculated air button) atleast 5 times within 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OCM040165N


864

D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

Center console storage (if equipped)To open the center console storage pullup the lever.

D270200AFD

Glove box The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key (if equipped).To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OCM040224 OCM040214

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

4 87


D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

Multi box (if equipped)The multi box can be used for storingsmall items.

Front

To open the cover, pull up the lever.

Center

To open the multi box, pull it out.

OCM029130

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OCM051020L

OCM029021L

Front

Center


884

D270500AFD

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.Grasp the handle on the top of the coverand lift it.

OCM040219

OCM040225E

Type A

Type B

4 89


INTERIOR FEATURES

D280100AFD

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

Ashtray

OCM040168

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtray

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.


904

The front ashtray may be opened bypressing the ashtray lid.To clean the ash-tray, the plastic receptacle should beremoved by lifting the plastic ash recep-tacle upward and pulling it out.

D280300AUN

Cup holder

D280301AFD

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

OCM052127

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you may burn your-self. Such a burn to the drivercould lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OCM052131

4 91


Center (if equipped)

To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest and push the open button.Close the cover after use.

D280400AFD

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket and swing it to the side.Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward.

To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover.The ticket holder is provided for holding atollgate ticket (if equipped).

OCM052132

OCM052124

B580C01O

OCM052126

OCM052125


924

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

OCM040171

OCM040172

OCM040231N

Center (if equipped)

Front

Rear (if equipped)

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge.

4 93


D281300AHM

AC inverter (if equipped)The AC inverter supplies 115VAC/150Welectric power to operate electric acces-sories or equipment when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or engine isrunning.The AC inverter is turned on by pushingin the switch. To turn the AC inverter off,push the switch again.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen pushing the AC inverter switch,the switch indicator illumination isdelayed momentarily while the systemconducts a self-check.

OCM039305NWARNING

The AC inverter can be dangerous!When using the AC inverter, care-fully observe the following precau-tions to avoid serious injuries.• Do not use heated electric prod-

ucts (coffeepot, toaster, heater,iron, etc.).

• Do not insert foreign objects intoor touch the AC inverter; you mayget shocked.

• Do not let children operate ortouch the AC inverter.

• When not using the AC inverter,close the cover.

CAUTION• When not using the AC inverter,

make sure that the switch isturned off, and is closed the ACinverter cover.

• Only use the AC inverter when theengine is running, and removethe plug from the AC inverter afterusing the accessory. Using whenthe engine is not running or leav-ing the accessory plugged in for along time may cause the batteryto discharge.

• Do not use electric accessoriesor equipment with maximum elec-tric power consumption greaterthan 150W (115VAC).

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into the AC invert-er. These devices may causeexcessive audio noise and mal-functions in other electronic sys-tems or devices used in yourvehicle.

• Do not use broken electric acces-sories or equipment, as they maydamage the AC inverter and vehi-cle's electrical system.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use two or more electric

accessories or equipment at thesame time.

• When input voltage is under 11V,the outlet LED and indicator willblink, and will automatically turnoff.


944

D280600AUN

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

HOUR (1)Pressing the “H” button will advancethe time displayed by one hour.

MINUTE (2)Pressing the “M” button will advancethe time displayed by one minute.

D280603AUN

RESET (3, if equipped)To clear away minutes, press the “R”button with your finger, a pencil or sim-ilar object. Then the clock will be setprecisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed while the time is between 9:01and 9:29, the display will be reset to9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the “R” button formore than 4 seconds.For example, if the “R” button ispressed for more than 4 seconds whilethe time is 10:15 p.m., the display willbe changed to 22:15.

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OCM052116A

4 95


D281400BFD

Aux, USB and iPodIf your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D280800AUN

Clothes hanger (if equipped)To use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

OUN026348OCM040177

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OCM040174

WARNING• Make sure the floor mat is proper-

ly placed on the floor carpet. If thefloor mat slips and interferes withthe movement of the pedals duringdriving, it may cause an accident.

• Don't put an additional floor maton the top of the anchored floormat, otherwise the additional matmay slide forward and interferewith the movement of the pedals.


964

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

D281100AFD

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

OCM052133-1 OXM049218

4 97


• To use the cargo security screen, pullthe handle backward and insert theedges into the slots.

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area. (if equipped)

OXM049219 OXM049220

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

D290100AFD

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

OCM040175

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

4 98


4 99


AntennaD300102AFD

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

D300200AFD

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is fully folded down orremoved.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be folded orremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OHM048154N

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

OCM040176N


1004

MODE (1)Press the button to select Radio, or CD(compact disc).

SEEK ( / ) (2)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD PLAYER (CDP) mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

CD CHANGER (CDC) mode

It will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CD PLAYER (CDP) mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CD CHANGER (CDC) mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

VOL (+ / -) (3)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decease

volume.

VOICE RECOGNITION (VR) mode (4)Detailed information is described in thefollowing pages in this section.

D300800AFD

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located around yourcity.They are intercepted by the radio anten-na on your car. This signal is then receivedby the radio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception

4 101


AM (MW, LW) broadcasts can bereceived at greater distances than FMbroadcasts. This is because AM (MW,LW) radio waves are transmitted at lowfrequencies. These long, low frequencyradio waves can follow the curvature ofthe earth rather than travelling straightout into the atmosphere. In addition, theycurve around obstructions so that theycan provide better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002

AM (MW, LW) reception

JBM003

FM radio station

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004


1024

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Satellite radio receptionYou may experience problems in receiv-ing XM™ satellite radio signals in the fol-lowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vechi-

cle(such as a truck or a bus) that blockthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is blocked by mountains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal(10m ormore), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forset.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by therepeater station network.

Please note that these may be otherunforeseen circumstances when thereare problems with the reception of XM™satellite radio signal.

JBM005

SATELITE1

SATELITE2

4 103


Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files without permission.Use CDs that are created only by lawfulmeans.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.


1044

1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. FM Selection Button

3. AM Selection Button

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. Preset Button

6. SCAN Button

7. SETUP Button

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound

Quality Control Knob

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA910)

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA960)

4 105


1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob


5. Preset Button

6. SCAN Button

7. SETUP Button

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound Quality

Control Knob

9. FM/AM Seletion Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL(PA965) 1. Power ON/OFF Button & VolumeControl Knob

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITH is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

2. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

3. AM Selection ButtonPressing the [AM] button selects the AMband. AM Mode is displayed on the LCD.

4. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency to auto-matically select channel. Stops at theprevious frequency if no channel isfound.

• When the [TRACK ] button is press-ed, it reduces the band frequency toautomatically select channel. Stops atthe previous frequency if no channel isfound.


1064

5. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.

6. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(XM MODE:10 seconds) each and findother broadcasts as the frequencyincreases.Press the button again when desiring tocontinue listening to the currently playingbroadcast.

7. SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the XM optionand the other adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SEPUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH funtions of the [TUNE] knob.)

■■ PA910The setup change in the order ofSCROLL➟SDVC➟PHONE➟RETURN➟P.BASS➟XM...

■■ PA960/PA965The setup changes in the order ofSCROLL➟SURROUND➟XM➟PHONE...

• SCROLLThis function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned ON/OFF through the vol-ume controller.

• RETURNThis function displays the previousMODE screen.

• SDVCThis function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the volume controller.

• POWER BASS(P.BASS)Based on psychoacoustic technology, thistechnology overcomes BASS limitationswhich may occur due to the limited numberand size of speakers to offer dynamicBASS sound quality. It is possible toadjust in 3 levels of LOW/MID/HIGH.OFF ➟ LOW ➟ MID ➟ HIGHModes: CD/FM/AUX/IPOD/USB (exclud-ing MW, LW Mode)

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound Quality Control Knob

Turn this control while listening to a radiochannel to manually adjust frequency.Turn clockwise to increase frequency andcounterclockwise to reduce frequency.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

4 107


MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

9. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1... whenthe button is pressed each time.


1084

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. INFO Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD/AUX Selection Button

8. CD Indicator

9. Folder Moving Button

10. Search/ENTER Button

11. SCAN Play Button

12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button

CDP, AUX(PA910)

CDC, AUX(PA960)

4 109


1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward and gen-tly push in. When the ignition switch is onACC or ON and power is off, power is auto-matically turned on if the CD is loaded.This CDP supports only 12cm CD. If VCD,Data CD are loaded, "Reading Error" mes-sage will appear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8 secondsto eject the CD during CD playback. Thisbutton is enabled when ignition switch isoff.• ALL EJECT(CDC Only)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• CDDA : DISC TITLE➟DISC ARTIST ➟

TRACK TITLE➟TRACK ARTIST➟TOTALTRACK...

CDC, AUX(PA965)

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. INFO Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD/AUX/RSE Selection Button



11. SCAN Play Button

12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button


1104

• MP3/WMA : FILE NAME➟TITLE➟

ARTIST➟ALBUME➟FOLDER NAME➟

TOTAL FILE... (not displayed if theinformation is not available on theDISC.)

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

5. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in the randomsequence.

6. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8seconds to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

7. CD or CD/AUX or CD/AUX/RSESelection Button

• CD Selection ButtonIf the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode.If no CD, it displays "NO Disc" for 3seconds and returns to the previousmode.

• CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from theother mode to play the sound from theauxiliary player. If the CD is loaded,turns to CD mode, and if a device isconnected to AUX then it toggles.CD➟AUX➟CD... when the button ispressed each time. (It will not turn toAUX if the auxiliary device is not con-nected) If no CD and auxiliary device isnot connected, it displays "NO Media"for 3 seconds and returns to the previ-ous mode.

• CD/AUX/RSE Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from theother mode to play the sound from theauxiliary player. If the CD is loaded,turns to CD mode, and if a device isconnected to AUX and there is a CD inthe RSE then it toggles.CD➟AUX➟RSE➟CD... when the but-ton is pressed each time.(It will not turnto AUX and RSE if the auxiliary deviceis not connected and there is no CD inthe RSE)

4 111


If no CD and auxiliary device is notconnected, it displays "NO Media" for 3seconds and returns to the previousmode.

8. CD Indicator (CDP Only)When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

9. Folder Moving Button• Moves [FOLDER ] button child fold-

er of the current folder and displays thefirst song in the folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move to the folder dis-played. It will play the first song in thefolder.

• Moves [CAT ], [PTY ], [FOLDER ]button parent folder and displays thefirst song in the folder. PressTUNE/ENTER knob to move to thefolder displayed.

10. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

11. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

12. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change Button changes

disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button changes

disc to the next disc.

13. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks. The last CD willplay. 10 seconds idle status will disableloading process.


1124

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only use an USB device format-ted to FAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IF authen-tication may not be recognizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a trouble.Please wait for a moment.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater using USBI/F may lower the performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased separate-ly, the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

4 113


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital cameratare not recognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maylost while using this AUDIO, It isrecommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products asshown below.


1144

1. INFO Selection Button

2. Track Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button



8. SCAN Selection Button

USING USB(PA910)

USING USB(PA960)

4 115


1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟

TOTAL FILE➟NORMAL DISPLAY➟FILENAME➟... (Displays no information if thefile has no song information.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the next-track. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate 'RDM' mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate 'ALL RDM'mode.

USING USB(PA965)




4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button



8. SCAN Selection Button


1164

• RDM : Only files in a folder are playedback in a random sequence.

• ALL RDM : All files in a USB memoryare played back in the random sequence.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate 'RPT' mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate 'FLD RPT'mode.• RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played

back.• FLD RPT : Only files in a folder are

repeatedly played back.

5. USB Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB. If no CDand auxiliary device is not connected, itdisplays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. Folder Moving Button• Moves [FOLDER ] button child folder

of the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press TUNE/ ENTERknob to move to the folder displayed. Itwill play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [CAT ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed

7. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

8. SCAN Selection ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device. Press the button once againto cancel scanning.

4 117


RUNNING iPod®(PA960)




4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. Category Selection Button



iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.


1184

In case the iPod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal inside theconsol on the right hand side of the dri-ver's seat. When the iPod is connected,the 'iPod' icon will be displayed on the topleft corner of the display screen.

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE➟

ARTIST➟ALBUM➟NORMAL DISPLAY➟

TITLE➟... (Displays no information if thefile has no song information.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.





4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. Category Selection Button


iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4 119


3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod. Press thebutton once again to cancel the mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

5. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod. If no CD andauxiliary device is not connected, it dis-plays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, MENU (preset6) You will beable to search through the lower catego-ry of the selected category. The order ofiPod's category is SONG, ALBUMESARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.

7. Search/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.


1204

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played.(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,Photo, Nano, 5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer toiPod manual)

• iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used ataudio system, iPod cable has tobe separate from iPod device.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod in order to operateiPod with the buttons on the audiosystem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withiPod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)

4 121


XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA960)

1. XM Selection Button

2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button

5. CATEGORY Search Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Button

7. Preset Button



1224

1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XMmode toggles in order to XM1➟XM2➟

XM3➟XM1... when the button is pressedeach time.

2. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel in the order of Artist/Song title➟

Category/Channel name➟Current PlayChannel➟Artist/Song title➟Category/Channel name... when the button ispressed each time.If can not display the whole text informa-tion, rotate the tune button to see thenext page.

3. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to select previous channel.

• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to continuously move toprevious channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to select next channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to continuously move to nextchannel.


1. XM Selection Button

2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button

5. CATEGORY Search Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Button

7. Preset Button

4 123


• Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel0 to display the Radio ID.

4. SCAN ButtonPress to hear a brief sampling of allchannel. To cancel the scan mode, pressthe button once again.

5. CATEGORY Search Button• Push [FOLDER ] button to search

previous category.• Push [CAT ] button to search next

category. To listen to the displayed cat-egory, press the TUNE/SETUP button.To scan channel in displayed category,press the scan button. To search chan-nel in displayed category, press seekbuttons or turn the tune button clock-wise/counterclockwise.(CATEGORYicon is will be turned on in Categorymode)

6. Manual Channel Selection ButtonWhile listening to XM broadcast, rotatethis control to the right or left to searchother channels while listening to currentchannel. (Turn to the right to searchhigh-er channels and left, lower channels)

7. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.


1244

DVDP (PA965)

1. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

2. RSE Selection Button

3. RSE Hold and RSE Power Off


In case RSE is loaded DVD disc and con-nected auxiliary device at RSE unit thatis located the rear seat.

1. TRACK UP/DOWN Button• Push [TRACK ] button for less than

0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

2. RSE Selection ButtonWhen you press this button, the systemwill switch to RSE mode and you will beable to listen to the source played in theRSE unit. (If RSE unit has no disc, cannot select)

4 125


3. RSE Hold and RSE Power OffIf you press and hold this button for lessthan 0.8 second, the LED of the buttonwill light and RSE unit will be locked. Ifyou press and hold this button for morethan 0.8 second, RSE unit will be turnedoff with a beep and [RSE] will disappearfrom LCD.

4. Folder Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to play the

previous track.• Press [CAT ] button to play the next

track.

CAUTION IN USING RSE DEVICE

When listening to the CD on theH/UNIT in RSE, the mode cannot beconverted to USB on the H/UNIT and

will be displayed on the LCD.


1264

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION ■ General Feature• This system supports Bluetooth, a wire-

less system that allows you to make orreceive calls without taking your handsfrom the steering wheel and withoutusing cables to connect the phone andsystem.

• The phone must be paired to the system before using the hands-free feature.Only one linked cellular phone can beused with the system at a time.The System is avail able in English, USSpanish, or Canadian French languages.

✽✽ NOTICESome Bluetooth devices do not offer aperfect compatibility with this system.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth System can be activat-ed in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone.(No response)

• The system shall cancel voice recogn-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing the button. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

BluetoothVolume

OperationButton

PTTButton

CAUTIONIf the vehicle is moving do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth phone.

4 127


• At any time if you say "help", the system will announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu tree

■ Phone Setup• Pairing phoneTo use the hands-free system, you needto register your phone in the system.Up to 5 phones can be registered in thesystem.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Pair Phone".4. Say "Yes".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "Yes".7. The Pairing procedure of the cellular

phone varies according to each cellu-lar phone.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If 5 phones have already been registered. If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

• To connect phoneThe registered phones can be selected.When the system connects to Bluetooth,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected.

Select a different phone if necessary.Only the selected phone can be usedwith the hands-free system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Select Phone".4. Say the name of the contact or the

number of the contact.5. Say "Yes".

When the phone is selected by usingthe knob:Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until“SELECT” is displayed and push theknob.Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until thedesired phone name is displayed andpush the knob.

✽✽ NOTICEThe system may not function in the fol-lowing cases: If the phone is not found. If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number


1284

• Deleting phoneThe registered phones can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Delete Phone".4. Say the name of the contact, the num-

ber of the contact or "Delete allphone".

5. Say "Yes".

When the phone is deleted by usingthe knob:Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until“DELETE” is displayed and push theknob.Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until thedesired phone name is displayed andpush the knob.

• Changing PriorityThe connection priority for registeredphones can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Change Priority".4. Say the name of the contact or the

number of the contact.5. Say "Yes".

When the phone is changed by usingthe knob:Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until “PRI-ORITY” is displayed and push the knob.Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until thedesired phone name is displayed andpush the knob.

• Turning Bluetooth on / offBluetooth function can be switched ON/OFF. initial status : Bluetooth ON

1. Press the button.2. Say "Set Up".3. Say "Bluetooth off".4. Say "Yes".

• Turning Bluetooth on1. Press the send or button.2. Say "yes".3. The Bluetooth will be turned on.

When Bluetooth is off by using theknob:Turn the “AUDIO CTRL” knob until“BLUETOOTH OFF” is displayed andpush the knob. After announcement say“yes” to confirm.

■ Phone Book• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by voice".5. Say the name of the contact.6. Say "yes".7. Say the phone number.8. Say "store".9. Say "Home", "Office", "Mobile",

"Other" or "default".10. Say "Yes" to store an additional loca-

tion for this contact.

• Adding Entry by phone1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "add entry".4. Say "by phone".5. Say "yes".6. Transfer procedures may vary depend-

ing on the cellular phone.✽✽ NOTICE

4 129


The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine. Numbers that are tenor greater are not recognized.To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string. However, you can enter each digit indi-vidually or group digits together in pre-ferred string lengths.The display corresponding to each oper-ation appears on the screen as follows:

Input operation1. say: "Nine, nine, five"

Display: "995"2. say: "Seven, three, four"

Display: "995734"

• Changing NameThe registered names can be changed.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Change name".4. Say the name of the phonebook [voice

tag].5. Say "yes".6. Say the name of the phonebook to be

changed.

• Deleting name

The registered names can be deleted.

1. Press the button.2. Say "phonebook".3. Say "Delete name".4. Say the name of the contact.5. Say "yes".

■ Making a phone call• Calling by NameThe system dials the numbers corre-sponding to the spoken names regis-tered in the system.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "name".4. Say "<John>".6. Say "<at home>".7. Say "yes".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Call name".2. Say "Call <john>".3. Say "Call <john at home>".

• Dialing by Number

The system will make a phone call bydialing the spoken numbers.The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine.

1. Press the button.2. Say "Call".3. Say "Number".4. Say "<digit number>".5. Say "<added digit number>".6. Say "Dial".

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available.1. Say "Dial number".2. Say "Dial <digit>".


1304

■ Receiving a phone callWhen receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intotelephone mode.When receiving a phone call, the phonenumber and the message "Incoming" willbe displayed.

• Do either one of the following:Press the send switch to take the call.Press the end switch to refuse the call.

• To adjust the ring volume, push "+" or"-" on the steering volume controls.Volume adjustment cannot be madeusing the audio system.

• To transfer a call to the phone:The received call can be transferredfrom the hands-free system to the cel-lular phone that is connected toBluetooth.For details, please refer to you user'smanual for the cellular phone or go tothe Key matrix in this manual (nextpage).

■ Using the head unit as Bluetoothmusic

The head unit supports A2DP (AudioAdvanced Distribution Profile) andAVRCP(Audio Video Remote ControlProfile).Both profiles are available for listening tothe MP3 music via Bluetooth cellularphone supporting above Bluetooth pro-files.To play MP3 music from the Bluetoothcellular phone, press the [AUX] buttonuntil the mp3 mode is displayed.Then try playing music by phone.When playing music from the Bluetoothcellular phone, the head unit displaysMP3 MODE.

✽✽ NOTICE• The Bluetooth cellular phones shall fea-

ture A2DP and AVRCP functions.• Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth cel-

lular phones may not play musicthrough the head unit on first try.Please try the below; i.e : Menu➟File manager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Do Please refer to your Bluetooth cel-

lular phone User Guide for moredetails. To stop music, try stop musicby phone then push the FM or CD but-ton.

■ Talking on the phoneWhen talking on the phone, the displaywill differ depending on whether or notthe vehicle is in motion.Number and "active call" is displayed.When the call is finished, press the endswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, your voicemay not reach the other party:1. Talk alternately with the other party

on the phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother parties. (This is not a malfunc-tion.) (It is not a malfunction.)

2. Keep the volume of receiving voice toa low level. Otherwise, high volumesmay result in an echo. When you talkon the phone, speak clearly towardsthe microphone.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

4 131


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG

[10sec]

LONG

[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

Call name ornumber

2nd call1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3


1324

D320000AEN

Important Safety InformationIt is always important to operate yourvehicle in a safe manner and to avoid dis-traction while driving. This manual pro-vides information that will help you safelyoperate your Rear Seat EntertainmentSystem (RSE). Please read it completelybefore using the system.

This device complies with part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful



WelcomeThe Rear Seat Entertainment System isa compact, built-in, easy-to-use enter-tainment system designed to providefamily fun while you are on the road.Enjoy great quality sound from the vehi-cle speakers, or have a private, quiet lis-tening with the wireless headphones.The overhead display unit is mounted tothe ceiling in the rear passenger area ofthe vehicle, allowing rear-seat passen-gers to play DVD movies, video CDs ormusic CDs. Users may also plug in agame platform or VHS player into an aux-iliary input to show the programs throughthe RSE display. The RSE can alsoaccess to the vehicle's front radio pro-grams.

System OverviewConnections / SetupYour Rear Seat Entertainment systemwill play DVD movies, video CDs, musicCDs or music MP3 discs, and isdesigned to make your time on the roadmore enjoyable. Please follow theseinstructions carefully to get the most outof your RSE.

REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (RSE) (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• Avoid having food or drinks near,

in or on the RSE, the wirelessheadphones or the remote con-troller.

• Direct sunlight may interfere withthe headphone's operation andperformance.

• Normal RSE operation cannot beguaranteed with unofficiallyduplicated discs.

(Continued)WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

4 133


✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE requires a few seconds of setup time after the ignition switch isturned ON or to ACC mode.

Your RSE system is already set up andready for use, and can be turned on bypushing the POWER/VOLUME knob onthe RSE control panel or the POWERON/OFF button on the remotecontroll. The vehicle's ignition must beturned on or in accessory power mode.The RSE system can also be turned OFFby the Audio Unit.

ComponentsYour RSE consists of several compo-nents:

Monitor (LCD display)The Monitor (LCD display) where videois viewed, is attached to the ceiling in therear of the vehicle.

(Continued)• To prevent inadvertent vehicle

battery discharge when the igni-tion switch is turned to the igni-tion ON position or Accessorymode, a battery drain warningmessage will flash on the RSEmonitor screen.

• Use of rear seat entertainmentsystem without the engine run-ning will reduce vehicle batterypower.

• The RSE system is programmedto the assigned DVD format foryour region. Please note that yourRSE will not read or play DVDsfrom a different region.

RSE-AUDIO-3


1344

RSE Control PanelThe RSE Control Panel, which includesa digital display and the RSE control but-tons, is located in the rear of the armrestconsole between the front seats.

DVD PlayerThe DVD Player, where CDs, DVDs andother discs are inserted, is located belowthe RSE control panel located in the rearof the armrest console between the frontseats.

Wireless headphonesThe Wireless headphones allows youto hear the audio from the RSE withoutdisturbing other passengers. Two sets,with batteries, are provided.

Remote controlThe Remote control allows you to con-trol RSE functions. Batteries are includ-ed.

RSE-AUDIO-4 RSE-AUDIO-6 RSE-AUDIO-7

4 135


Opening and Closing the MonitorTo view the monitor, locate the latch onthe bottom-center of the ceiling-mountedunit and pull it forward. This will releasethe monitor from its locked, stow-awayposition.Adjust the monitor to the best viewingangle. Do not touch the LCD panel itselfto avoid damage or smudging.

Adjusting the MonitorPress the DISP button on the RSE con-trol panel to adjust the parameters of themonitor. To adjust the brightness, firstly,select the brightness item, then, pressthe < REW (dimmer) or FF > (brighter)buttons. The next time the RSE is turnedon, the monitor will return to the bright-ness level it was adjusted to when lastused. Brightness can be adjusted regard-less of whether the RSE is playing anaudio or video source.While the RSE is playing a video signal,press DISP and then press the NEXT or PREV buttons to cyclethrough other monitor adjustmentsincluding SCREEN SIZE, CONTRAST,CHROMA and HUE. With any of thesesettings displayed on the monitor, pressthe < REW or FF > buttons to adjustthese settings.To close the monitor, pull the bottomedge towards you and push it up until itclicks and locks into the stow-away posi-tion.

Cleaning the DisplayIf the LCD display becomes dusty ordirty, clean it by wiping gently with a soft,dry, clean cloth. Do not use chemicalcleanser to clean the screen.

Loading a DiscTo load a disc in the player, insert it partway into the loading slot. The player willautomatically grip the disc and pull it therest of the way in.

Disc ProtectionThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer.

ACT-1


1364

Audio via Vehicle SpeakersTo hear the audio from the RSE throughthe vehicle's speakers, the RSE button(located in the front radio control) mustbe selected. Regardless of whether RSEaudio is selected for the vehicle speakersor not, when the RSE audio is playing itcan be heard in the headphones.

Volume ControlYou can adjust the volume of the audioheard in the vehicle speakers from theRSE control panel or the remote control.From the RSE control panel, rotate thePOWER/VOLUME knob. From theremote control, press "VOL +" toincrease the volume and "VOL -" todecrease the volume.Adjusting the volume in this way will notaffect the wireless headphone volume.Toadjust the headphones, turn the VOLcontrol wheel on the headphones.

HeadphonesYour RSE comes with two (2) sets ofwireless headphones and four (4) AAA1.5V batteries. To install the batteries,press the button below the battery com-partment on the right side of each set ofheadphones and insert each of the bat-teries, observing the correct polarity asshown in the headphone battery com-partment. Each set of headphonesrequires two batteries.To turn the headphones on, push thePOWER button on the left side of theheadphones. Push the button again toturn the headphones off. Adjust the vol-ume by turning the Volume control. Theheadphones can be adjusted for size,and can be stored more compactly byfolding them.

✽✽ NOTICE• Conserve the energy of your batteries

by turning the headphones off whenthey are not in use. Headphone bat-teries will typically work for 48 hours,depending on the volume setting.

• The headphone has an automaticshutoff feature to extend battery life.The headphones will automaticallyturn off after 20 seconds if they don'tdetect a signal from the RSE.

• In case of poor headphone receptionperformance, please check the batterycondition.The headphones perform best whenused within 2 - 8 feet (0.6-2 m) of theRSE LCD display. Getting too close ortoo far away will cause poor reception.

• Audio from the vehicle's CD/radiocannot be heard through the head-phones.

RSE-AUDIO-9

4 137


Connecting Other Devices to theRSEElectronic devices such as video gamesystems or VHS players can be playedthrough the RSE. These external devicescan be connected to the unit via RCAplugs available in the vehicle.Press the SOURCE button on the remotecontrol, or the SRC button on the RSEcontrol panel, to select and switch to theexternal device inputs.Once the RSE has switched to the exter-nal device audio and/or video sources,you can operate the device using its con-trols. The RSE controls will not controlexternal devices.

For example, to control or play a videogame after the RSE has recognized it asthe source, you must use the game con-trols, not the RSE controls.

✽✽ NOTICE• To prevent noise, devices connected to

the AUX port should have the volumeadjusted high.

• If an external power connector is con-nected to the vehicle, static noise mayoccur. If noise is heard, verify theAUX device volume is turned up, thentest the sound with the power cabledisconnected. If necessary, use theAUX device powered from its internalbattery, or purchase a ground loopisolator to connect the AUX device tothe vehicle.

OCM052304N

CAUTIONConnect only appropriate inputsources to the RSE jacks. Be sureto connect audio outputs from theexternal device to audio inputs inyour vehicle, and video outputs tovideo inputs. Connecting an incor-rect input may cause damage to theRSE and/or the external electronicdevice.


1384

RSE Lock Function Front seat passengers can use the RSELock function to prevent rear seat pas-sengers from operating the RSE. To lockthe RSE, press and hold the CD/AUXbutton on the vehicle radio for more than2 seconds."Lock" will appear on the RSE LCD dis-play, as well as on the RSE control panel.None of the RSE control panel or remotecontroller buttons will function while theRSE is locked. Rear seat passengers willstill be able to eject or insert a disc in theplayer, as well as power on/off the sys-tem.Press and hold the CD/AUX button againto turn off the RSE lock.

Battery Discharge WarningTo prevent inadvertent vehicle batterydischarge when the ignition switch isturned to the ignition ON position or ACCmode, a battery drain warning messagewill flash on the RSE monitor screen.

RSE-AUDIO-10

4 139


1. ON/OFF and Speaker Volume2. RSE Display3. MENU Button4. DISP (Display) Button5. SRC (Source) Button6. Play/Pause Button7 - 11 Next / Prev (Next/Previous)

and < REW/FF > (Rewind/FastForward) and ENTER Buttons

Most RSE functions are available through the RSE control panel.

RSE-EN001

RSE Control Panel Operation


1404

1. ON/OFF and Speaker VolumePress the POWER/VOLUME knob toturn the RSE on or off.Rotate the knob to adjust the speakervolume. Note that changing the volumeby using the POWER/VOLUME knobaffects only the vehicle speakers. Thewireless headset volume is not affected.See the "Headphones" section of thismanual for more information.

2. RSE DisplayThis RSE control panel display indicatesthe current selected source, mode ofoperation in the current disc, and otherinformation. It will display FRONT to indi-cate that the selected source is the frontvehicle radio and REAR to indicate thatthe RSE player is the current source.The display will indicate DISC IN when adisc is in loaded the RSE player.

3. MENU Button DVD can be controlled, and any specialprogramming or features accessed, byusing the DVD menu. To access themenu while playing a DVD, press theMENU button. Press the button a secondtime to exit the menu and return to theDVD program at the point it was beingviewed.While viewing the menu, press the NEXT button to move the cursor up andthe PREV button to move the cursordown the menu. Press the FF > buttonto move the cursor to the right, and the< REW button to move the cursor to theleft.

❇ For more details, see the "DVD -Menu" section of this manual.

4. DISP (Display) Button Pressing DISP enables you to adjust theparameters of the LCD monitor. For moreinformation on how to make these adjust-ments, see the "Display" section of thismanual.

EN-DEL-2A

4 141


5. SRC (Source) Button After inserting a disc in the RSE, it willautomatically use that as the source andbegin playing that disc. The RSE controlpanel will display "DISC IN" when there isdisc loaded in the player.Pressing the SRC button will bring outthe Source Change Operation. All avail-able modes are presented. You canselect any available mode by using thefour direction arrow buttons and pressthe ENTER button for completing theselection.

While the RSE is selected as the sourceby the front vehicle radio, the front vehi-cle radio will be able to control someRSE functions (e.g. Fast Forward /Reverse, Previous / Next Track, etc.). Seeyour vehicle radio user manual for moreinformation.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen switching from the vehicle radioto the RSE, there is a slight delay whilethe RSE initializes. The RSE controlpanel will display "READ" while thedisc initializes, then begin playing thedisc.

The RSE control panel will display"REAR" if the current source is the RSEplayer, "FRONT" if the current source isthe front vehicle radio and "AUX" if thecurrent source is an auxiliary input.

6. Play/Pause ButtonYou do not need to press the PLAY/PAUSE button after loading a discto begin playing the disc. The player willstart playing automatically.While a disc is playing, press topause. While paused, the elapsed time ofthe current disc will blink on the monitorstatus display, and "PAUSE" will be dis-played on the RSE control panel. Pressthe button again to resume play.

✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE will enter standby mode whenthe vehicle ignition is turned off. Whenthe vehicle is turned back on within 30seconds, the RSE will turn on and theDVD/VCD will automatically beginplaying again at the point where itpaused. If the vehicle is turned off forlonger than 30 seconds, the RSE systemwill not turn on automatically when thevehicle is restarted.

RSE-CM07A


1424

7 - 11 Next / Prev (Next/Previous)and < REW/FF > (Rewind/FastForward) and ENTER Buttons

The NEXT/ PREV and <REW/FF>buttons provide a variety of functions,depending on the media currently beingplayed in the RSE or the source selected.For some of the functions, you will usethese buttons to navigate to the desiredlocation or option, then press the ENTERbutton in the center to confirm yourselection.For specific information about usingthese buttons, see the appropriate sec-tion for the various media types in thismanual.

DVD/VCD Player OperationDisc/Format CompatibilityYour RSE player accepts and plays allDVDs in 4:3 (normal) and 16:9(widescreen) video formats. With DVDsthat offer multiple formats, the default for-mat is 16:9 and will stay that way unlesschanged by the user. See "Adjusting theMonitor" to learn how to adjust the for-mat.The DVD player has the capability to playDVD-Video, DVD-R, DVD-RW, CD-DA,CD-R, CD-RW and VCD.The DVD player was factory programmedwith a region code for the assigned mar-ket or country. If a DVD is inserted for aregion code that doesn't match with theplayer, an error message will be shownon the overhead monitor and the RSEcontrol panel display.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause there is no universal standardfor DVD/VCD programming, your discmay behave differently. Some DVDsmay present warning messages aboutunauthorized duplication, some will godirectly to a menu, some may have dif-ferent on-disc menu and start playingthe movie immediately, and some maybe unreadable or damaged and an errormessage will be shown on the monitor.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile the player will accept DVD ROMand CD ROM discs, the RSE cannotplay discs in these formats.

4 143


The player is only capable of reading thebottom side of a disc. When inserting asingle-sided disc, the label side shouldbe up. When inserting a two-sided disc,the desired play side should be down.Press DISP on the RSE control panel orthe remote controller, then press the NEXT or PREV buttons to cyclethrough monitor adjustments (SCREENSIZE, BRIGHTNESS, CONTRAST,CHROMA, HUE). When the adjustmentfor the SCREEN SIZE, use the < REW orFF > buttons to select the preferredscreen size.

MenuDVDs can be controlled, and any specialprogramming or features accessed, byusing the menu. To access the menuwhile playing a DVD, press the MENUbutton. Press the button a second time toexit the menu and return to the DVD pro-gram at the point it was being viewed.The menu is not available during disc ini-tialization, the beginning credits or anycopyright and FBI warnings.While viewing the menu, press the NEXT button to move the cursor up andthe PREV button to move the cursordown the menu. Press the FF > buttonto move the cursor to the right, and the< REW button to move the cursor to theleft.

✽✽ NOTICEYou must repeatedly push any button tomove through several items. Pressingand holding a button will not advancethe cursor beyond the first item.Press ENTER or Play/Pause to select thedesired menu choice.

Playing a DVD/VCD You can control your DVD or VCD byusing the buttons on the RSE controlpanel or by using the remote control.Instructions for the controls listed beloware the same whether using the RSEcontrol panel or the remote control.However, there are some additional func-tions that are only available from theremote control. These buttons and theirfunctions are discussed in the "RemoteControl" section of this manual.


1444

Play/Pause ButtonYou do not need to press thePLAY/PAUSE button after loading a discto begin playing the disc. The player willstart playing automatically.While a disc is playing, press PLAY/PAUSE to pause. While paused, theelapsed time of the current disc will blinkon the monitor status display, and"PAUSE" will be displayed on the RSEcontrol panel. Press the button again toresume play.

✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE will enter standby mode whenthe vehicle ignition is turned off. Whenthe vehicle is turned back on within 30seconds, the RSE will turn on and theCD will automatically begin playingagain at the point where it paused. If thevehicle is turned off for longer than 30seconds, the RSE system will not turn onautomatically when the vehicle isrestarted.

Fast Forward/ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 32 times the normal speed.Release the FWD > or < REW button toreturn to normal speed play.

Previous/Next ChapterWhile a DVD/VCD is playing, press the NEXT button to skip to the next chapter.Press the PREV button to jump tothe beginning of the current chapter.Press PREV again to go movethrough earlier chapters. Press the but-ton repeatedly to move quickly throughchapters.

✽✽ NOTICESome VCDs do not have track informa-tion. If the VCD has no chapter infor-mation, pressing either of these buttonswill restart the VCD.

While pressing the NEXT or PREV buttons, the Status Display, includ-ing the current medium (DVD or VCD),chapter and title information is displayed.It will automatically disappear after fiveseconds.

✽✽ NOTICESome DVDs do not permit chapter nav-igation.

Instead of using the PREV / NEXT buttons, you can also enter thechapter number using the numbers onthe remote controller. While a DVD/VCDis playing, press the number button(s)that correspond to the desired chapterand press ENTER.

4 145


Stop a Disc The disc will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the DVD, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While the player is running, press theRSE control panel POWER/VOLUMEknob, or the POWER ON/OFF button

on the remote control, to stop adisc and turn off the RSE system and theDVD player. When the RSE is turned onagain, the disc will begin playing at thepoint where it stopped.

Eject a DiscTo eject a disc press the button. Adisc can be ejected even when the unit isnot turned on.✽✽ NOTICEThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer.

CD Player OperationThe RSE will play audio CDs in bothstandard (12 cm) and mini-disc (8 cm)format.



1464

Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audioheard in the vehicle speakers from theRSE control panel or the remote control.From the RSE control panel, rotate thePOWER/VOLUME knob. From theremote control, press "VOL +" toincrease and "VOL -" to decrease thevolume.Adjusting the volume in this way will notadjust the wireless headphone volume.To adjust the headphones, roll the VOLcontrol wheel.

Play/Pause When a CD is inserted, the RSE willautomatically begin playing the first track.Press the PLAY/PAUSE button topause the CD. Press the button again toresume play. While paused, the elapsedtime in the status display at the top of themonitor will blink. The RSE control willdisplay "PAUSE." When the player reaches the end of thedisc, the player will automatically returnto the first track and continue playing.

Fast Forward / ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 10 times the normal speed.Release the button to return to normalspeed play.The audio is muted while the player fastforwards or fast reverses.

Previous/Next TrackWhile a CD is playing, press the PREV button to jump to the beginning ofthe current track. If less than 10 secondshas elapsed on the current track, press-ing PREV will go to the previoustrack. Press the button repeatedly to con-tinue moving through previous tracks.Press the NEXT button to jump to thebeginning of the next track. Press thebutton repeatedly to continue movingthrough the following tracks.Instead of using the PREV / NEXT buttons, you can also enter thetrack number using the numbers on theremote control. While a CD is playing,press the number button(s) that corre-spond to the desired track and pressENTER.The current track number is shown in theStatus Display at the top of the monitor.

StopThe CD will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the CD, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While a CD is playing, you can stop theCD by pressing the POWER ON/OFFbutton on the remote control or thePOWER/VOLUME knob on the RSEcontrol panel. When the RSE is turned onagain, it will automatically begin playingthe CD at the point where it was stopped.Turning the vehicle off, or selecting a dif-ferent RSE Source, will also stop playingthe CD.

EjectPress the EJECT button to eject theCD. Discs can be ejected even when theunit is not turned on.

4 147


Using the MP3 PlayerMost RSE functions work the same foraudio CDs and MP3 discs. The major dif-ference is that audio CDs are organizedby "tracks," while MP3 discs are organ-ized using folders and files. Therefore,the navigation functions are somewhatdifferent for MP3 discs.


Pause/Play When an MP3 disc is inserted, the RSEwill automatically begin playing the firstfile in the disc. Press the PLAY/PAUSE

button to pause the file. Press thebutton again to resume play. Whilepaused, the elapsed time in the statusdisplay at the top of the monitor will blink.The RSE control panel will display"PAUSE."At the end of the disc, the player willautomatically return to the first file andcontinue playing.

Fast Forward/ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 10 times the normal speed.Release the button to return to normalspeed play.The audio is muted while the player fastforwards or fast reverses.

Song List : Navigating Folders andFiles

MP3 discs are organized by named fold-ers, with each folder containing a collec-tion of named music files. You can quick-ly navigate through the folders and filesusing the Song List function.Press the MENU button on the RSE con-trol panel or remote control to display thesong list. The focused song will be high-lighted. And the music note icon appearsto left of the song currently playing.

To navigate through the folders, pressthe < REW or FF > button to highlight theFOLDER UP, FOLDER DOWN, orHOME buttons on the monitor, the pressENTER to move up or down the folders.Press ENTER repeatedly to movethrough all the folders.When you reach the desired folder, pressthe PREV or NEXT buttons toscroll through the list of files in that folderand press ENTER to select the desiredfile. The player will switch to the selectedfolder and begin playing the desired file.


1484

Selecting the HOME button on the dis-play and pressing ENTER will bring theSong List to the screen with the songcurrently playing.Press MENU again to leave the SongList. The Song List will automatically dis-appear after five seconds if no buttonsare pressed.While in normal play mode, press theA.LANG (FOLD-) button at any time tojump to the first file in the previous folder,press S.TITLE (FOLD+) to jump to thefirst file in the next folder.

Previous/Next FileWhile a disc is playing, press the PREV button to jump to the beginning ofthe current file. If less than 10 secondshas elapsed on the current file, pressing

PREV will go to the previous file.Press it again to select previous files.Press the button repeatedly to continuemoving through previous files.

Press the NEXT button to jump to thebeginning of the next file. Press the but-ton repeatedly to continue movingthrough the following files.The current folder name and file nameare shown in the Status Display at thetop of the monitor.

EN-DEL-4A

4 149


StopThe disc will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the disc, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While a disc is playing, you can stop thedisc by pressing the POWER ON/OFFbutton on the remote control or thePOWER/VOLUME knob on the RSEcontrol panel. When the RSE is turned onagain, it will automatically begin playingthe disc at the point where it wasstopped.Turning the vehicle off, or selecting a dif-ferent RSE Source, will also stop playingthe disc. When the vehicle is turned onagain, or the disc is again selected as thesource, the disc will begin playing at thepoint where it was stopped. The playerwill automatically resume play at thepoint where it was stopped unless thedisc is ejected.

EjectPress the EJECT button to eject thedisc. Discs can be ejected even when theunit is not turned on.

Using the satellite radioAll the preset channels have been listedon this SDAR operation interface. Youcan use the FF> or <REW button toselect the preset station. Press theENTER button to will complete thisselection. After the desired station hasbeen selected, the information of this sta-tion will list in the information displayarea.

EN-DEL-5A


1504

Also you can select the CATEGORY orCHANNEL function by using FF> and<REW buttons. After the focus locates atthe CATEGORY or CHANNEL icon,pressing the NEXT or PREV but-ton will activate the category up or down,channel up or down function. When thefocus on the CATEGORY, if you pressthe ENTER button and move the focuson the CHANNEL icon, you can selectthe channel up or down function in thecurrent category by pressing the NEXT or PREV buttons.

Move the focus on the SCAN icon, youcan activate the scan function by press-ing the ENTER button. If meantime, theCATEGORY icon been highlighted,above operation will activate the scanfunction in the current category.

Listening to the Vehicle RadioTo control the vehicle radio from the RSEcontrol panel or remote control, press theSOURCE button on the remote control orthe SRC button on the RSE controlpanel, then select the desired play modeon the source change operation. Finally,press the ENTER button to complete theselection.The RSE monitor status display and theRSE control panel will indicate theselected source.

Tuning a StationWhile the vehicle radio is the currentsource, press the NEXT or PREVbutton on the RSE control panel orremote control once to search up ordown for the next available station. Whenthe tuner finds a station it will stop at thestation and start to play.Press the NEXT or PREV buttonto seek up or down through all radio sta-tions. When the radio finds a station, itwill stop and play that station.Press the FF > or < REW button to man-ually tune up or down one channel. Pressand hold the FF > or < REW button tocontinue tuning up or down.Pressing a number on the remote controlkeypad will tune to the correspondingpreset station. For example, if 89.7 hasbeen stored as preset 1 (CH1), thenpressing the 1 button on the keypad willtune to that station.

4 151


AM, FM1 and FM2 SelectionWhen you press the SOURCE button,the Source Selection UI will come out,along with the current available mode.You can select the Radio mode by theremote controller. After pressing theENTER button, both RSE and frontRadio will play your selection station atthe same time.All of the RSE control panel and remotecontroller navigation functions can beused to control the front radio when thevehicle front radio is also playing thesame radio mode.

Viewing Front CD and MP3Programs The RSE can be used to control discsthat are loaded and playing in the vehicleradio. To control these discs, you mustfirst select the vehicle radio as thesource. Press the SOURCE button onthe remote control, or the SRC button onthe RSE control panel, Meanwhile, theSource Change UI will bring out. Use thefour direction arrow buttons to select thesource of vehicle radio. And press theENTER button for completing the selec-tion.

CD/CD-MP3 ControlWhile the vehicle radio is playing a CD orMP3 audio disc, all of the RSE controlpanel and remote control navigationfunctions can be used to control the vehi-cle radio. This includes:• Pause/Play • Fast Forward/Reverse • Previous/Next Track (CD) and

Previous/Next File (MP3)See these sections of the Users Manualfor information on using these functions.All of the RSE control panel and remotecontrol navigation functions can be usedto control the front radio when the vehiclefront radio is also playing the CD or CD-MP3 mode.

AUX Audio and Video InputControlsThis allows you to display the video out-put on the RSE monitor, and listen to theaudio through the wireless headsets andthe vehicle speakers.To switch to an external auxiliary device,press the SOURCE button on the remotecontrol or SRC on the RSE control panel,then select the AUX icon button. Andpress the ENTER button for completing.


1524

1. POWER ON/OFF Button

2. Mute Button

3. Number Buttons

4. Source Button

5. A.LANG-Alternate Language, Folder -

6. S.Title – Subtitles, Folders +

7. Menu Button

8. Title/PBC Button

9. Return Button

10. Speaker Volume "VOL +" and "VOL –"

In addition to buttons and functions available from the RSE control panel, the remote control has several additional buttons and operation control

functions. The remote control is an infrared device and should be pointed at the RSE monitor for best results.

RSE-EN004-RE

Using the Remote Control

4 153


1. POWER On/Off Press the RSE control panel POWERbutton or the POWER ON/OFF button

on the remote control to turn theRSE on or off. If a disc is loaded andplaying when the RSE is turned off, whenthe RSE is turned back on the disc willautomatically resume playback at thepoint where it was stopped.

2. Mute Press the MUTE button to mute theaudio in the vehicle speakers. The MUTEbutton has no effect on the wirelessheadphones.While muted, the RSE control panel,vehicle radio and RSE monitor will all dis-play "MUTE." Press the button again, oradjust the volume at RSE control panelor vehicle radio, to un-mute the audio.

3. Number Buttons ~ The number buttons (0 through 9) canbe used to directly enter information suchas chapters in a DVD, track or file num-bers for audio CDs, and preset radio.To select a DVD or VCD chapter, while aDVD/VCD is playing, press the numberbutton(s) that correspond to the desiredchapter and press ENTER.To select a CD track, while a CD is play-ing press the number button(s) that cor-respond to the track and press ENTER.To select an MP3 file, while an MP3 discis playing, press the number button(s)that correspond to the desired file andpress ENTER.To select a radio station preset, while thedesired band (AM, FM1 or FM2) isselected, press the numbered button thatcorresponds to the preset on the vehicleradio. There is no need to press ENTER.

4. SourcePressing this SOURCE button will bringout the Source Change selection opera-tion. You can select any available modeby using the four direction arrow buttonsand press the ENTER button for com-pleting the selection.The RSE control panel will display"REAR" if the current source is the RSEplayer, and will display "FRONT" if thecurrent source is the vehicle radio.

5. A.LANG - Alternate LanguageFolder -

Where alternate languages are availableon a DVD, pressing the A.LANG buttonwill allow you to select your preferred lan-guage. Press the button repeatedly tocycle through the available languages.When the desired language is displayed,press ENTER.Pressing the A.LANG (or FOLD-) buttonduring MP3 normal play will immediatelybring the player to the first file of the pre-vious folder.Pressing the A.LANG (or FOLD-) buttonduring CD or VCD play will do nothing.


1544

6. S.Title - Subtitles, Folders + The S.TITLE button allows you to displayor remove language subtitles while play-ing DVDs. If no language subtitles areavailable, the display will show an invalidicon. Press the S. TITLE button repeat-edly to cycle through all of the availablelanguages.Pressing the S.TITLE (or FOLD+) buttonduring MP3 normal play will immediatelybring the player to the first file of the nextfolder.Pressing the S.TITLE (or FOLD+) buttonduring CD or VCD play will do nothing.

7. MenuPressing the MENU button during DVDplay will present the DVD menu.Pressing the MENU button during MP3disc play will display the Song List on themonitor.Pressing the MENU button during CD orVCD play has no effect.Press the button again to return to theprogram. After five seconds with no but-ton press, the menu will automaticallyclose and the program begin playing.

8. Title/PBC While viewing a DVD, press the TITLEbutton on the remote control to jump tothe top menu. Press the < REW / FF > or

PREV / NEXT buttons to highlightthe desired selection, then press ENTERto make your selection.Press TITLE again to return to the DVD.While viewing a VCD, pressing theTITLE/PBC button will switch the PBCfunction on and off.

9. Return While viewing any operation, pressingthe RETURN button will exit the currentoperation on screen display and resumelast play.

10. Speaker Volume "VOL +" and "VOL -"

If the audio from the RSE is being playedthrough the vehicle speakers, you canadjust the volume of the speakers withthe "VOL +" and "VOL -" buttons.Adjusting the volume in this way will notadjust the wireless headphone volume.To adjust the headphones, roll the VOLcontrol wheel.

BatteriesThe remote control requires a CR2025battery (included).

4 155


Troubleshooting

Problem Possible causes / solutions

The disc is automati-cally pulled back intothe player.

The disc becomesstuck or blocked.

There is no audio inthe headphones.

The RSE does notwork.

The remote controldoes not work.

The Auto-Reload Disc Protection feature pulls discs back into theplayer after 12 seconds to protect them from accidental damage.Press the Eject button to release the disc from the player.

Press the Eject button to release the disc. The player will attempt toeject the disc up to three times before performing the Auto-Reloadfunction. Once the Auto-Reload function is complete, press the Ejectbutton again to try to release the disc from the player.

Verify that the headphone is equipped with batteries, and that thebatteries are in good condition. Insert or replace 2 AAA batteries toresume headphone function.

Press the PLAY button. If the display does not show "NO DISC,"then there is no power.

Check the power connection.

Check the fuse.

Turn the vehicle ignition off and back on to reset the RSE.

If the RSE still does not work, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

Make sure you are pointing the remote control at the face of the RSEat a 45° angle.

Change the battery. [Device requires one (1) CR2025 battery.]

Use the control buttons on the RSE display panel.

If the remote control still does not work, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

5

Before driving / 5-3

Key positions / 5-4

Starting the engine / 5-5

Manual transaxle / 5-7

Automatic transaxle / 5-10

All wheel drive (AWD) / 5-16

Brake system / 5-23

Cruise control system / 5-33

Economical operation / 5-37

Special driving conditions / 5-39

Winter driving / 5-43

Trailer towing / 5-47

Vehicle load limit / 5-56

Vehicle weight / 5-60



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surrounding areasnear your vehicle for people, espe-cially children, before putting a vehi-cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.


45

E030100AFD

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

OCM050001 OCM050002

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

KEY POSITIONS

5 5


E030202AFD

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear for themanual transaxle or P (Park) forthe automatic transaxle, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

STARTING THE ENGINE


65

E040100AUN

1.Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7


CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.E050000AUN

E050100AUN

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring (1) located immedi-ately below the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift lever to theR position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM050003

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilemoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).


85

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the foot brake orparking brake to hold the vehicle on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N(Neutral) position.

5 9


E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, wait three seconds, thenshift to the reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


105

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM050010

The shift lever can be moved freely.

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

5 11


E060100AFD

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 6 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AFD

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.


125

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle”, in this manu-al.

5 13


Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)gear which is better for smooth driv-ing on a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shift backto the 1st gear.

E060102AFD

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

OCM050012

SporSportstsmodemode

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.


145

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)

The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

E060200AFD

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into "P"when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thevehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

OCM050017

5 15


• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AFD

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


165

Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.AWD is useful when extra traction isrequired on road, such as, when drivingon slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-coveredroads. These vehicles are not designedfor challenging off-road use. Occasionaloff-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when traveling off-high-way that the driver carefully reduces thespeed to a level that does not exceed thesafe operating speed for those condi-tions. In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effective-ness than normal road conditions. Thedriver must be especially alert to avoiddriving on slopes which tilt the vehicle toeither side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of all wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tire rotation atthe four wheels and the zero-degreealignment of the front wheels and sus-pension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Off road drivingThis vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it can oper-ate effectively off road. However, itwas not designed to drive in chal-lenging off-road conditions. Drivingin conditions that exceed the vehi-cle's intended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

CAUTION - AWDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed while in all wheeldrive, steering control will be diffi-cult.

5 17


• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO modeat speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 30 km/h (19 mph), however, the transfermode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

AWD AUTO

(AWD LOCK is

deactivated)(Indicator light is

not illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

ALL Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

AWD LOCK

(Indicator light is

illuminated)


185

For safe all wheel drive operation

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as straight as possible. Useextreme caution in going up or downsteep hills, since you may flip yourvehicle over depending on the grade,terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING - All wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four-wheel drivemean all functions of your vehicleare exposed to extreme stress thanunder normal road conditions. Slowdown and be ready for changes inthe composition and traction of thesurface under your tires. If youhave any doubt about the safety ofthe conditions you are facing, stopand consider the best way to pro-ceed. Do not exceed the ability ofyourself or your vehicle to operatesafely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2

5 19


• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in a AWD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in AWD mode.For starters, you must drive more slow-ly in AWD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water, stopyour vehicle, set your transfer to theAWD LOCK mode and drive at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of the steer-ing wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by asudden steering maneuver or fromsteering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher center of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water can get intothe engine compartment and wetthe ignition system, causing yourvehicle to suddenly stop. If thishappens and your vehicle is in atilted position, your vehicle may rollover.

OCM050059

WARNING - AWDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The center of gravity of AWDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast.


205

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water (see“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in section 7). Always washyour vehicle thoroughly after off roaduse, especially cleaning the bottom ofthe vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the AWD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tires.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtires of the same size and type.

• A full time all wheel drive vehicle can-not be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary vehicles. An advantage ofthe higher ground clearance is a betterview of the road, which allows you toanticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles, any more than low-slung sportsvehicles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers are stronglyrecommended to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load your roofrack with heavy cargo, and never modifyyour vehicle in any way.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the AWD system.

WARNING - AWD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

5 21


WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhile the full-time AWD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tires torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtires touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tire and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by HYUNDAI foroff road driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.


225

• Full-time AWD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whileperforming these tests.

• A full-time AWD vehicle should not betested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WDroll tester must be used, perform thefollowing: 1. Check the tire pressures recommend-

ed for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

OCM051044LRoll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

5 23


E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)


245

E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake Applying the parking brake■■ Foot typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OCM050015

5 25


■■ Hand typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible.

In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, the shiftlever should be in the appropriate lowgear on manual transaxle vehicles or inthe P (Park) position on automatictransaxle vehicles.

Releasing the parking brake■■ Foot typeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position.

■■ Hand typeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

OCM050019

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OCM050016 OCM050020


265

If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whileengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehicleequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem or (Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

W-75

5 27


The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


285

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

E070500AUN-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels and intervenesin the engine management system tostabilize the vehicle.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull yourvehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

W-78 OCM050008

5 29


The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

-


305

When operating

When the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revolu-tions per minute) to increase.

E070502AUN-EE

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESC isoff, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, the ESCwill automatically turn onagain. E070503BFD

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

5 31


E070504AUN-EE

ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• ESC should be turned on for daily driv-ing whenever possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press theESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

E070600AFD

Good braking practices

• After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.


325

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

5 33


1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated),the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OCM050100


345

E090100AUN

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the Cruise ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The Cruise indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the -SET switch, and release it atthe desired speed. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed will auto-matically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AFD

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will accelerate. Release theswitch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES+ switch and release itimmediately.The cruising speed will increase by 1mph (1.6 km/h) each time the RES+switch is operated in this manner.

OCM050101N OCM050103N OCM050102N

5 35


E090300AFD

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the -SET switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down.Release the switch at the speed youwant to maintain.

• Push the -SET switch and release itimmediately.The cruising speed will decrease by 1mph (1.6 km/h) each time the -SETswitch is operated in this manner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15 km/h).• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

OCM050104NOCM050103N


365

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES+ switch located on your steeringwheel. You will return to your previouslypreset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the Cruise ON-OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activated,the most recent set speed will automati-cally resume when the RES+ switch ispushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the Cruise ON-OFF button (the

Cruise indicator light in the instrumentcluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OCM050102N OCM050101N

5 37


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from agallon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in Section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see Section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


385

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 39


E110100AUN

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle.Do not race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating and possible dam-age to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.


405

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

OUN056051 OCM053010

5 41


• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003


425

E110700AUN

Highway drivingTires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

1VQA1004

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to section8, “Tires and wheels”.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourvehicle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to section7, “Tires and wheels”.

5 43


E120000AUN

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

E120100AUN

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check the state laws before fitting tirechains.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005


445

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.

When using tire chains, attach them tothe drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is not avail-able for an AWD vehicle, chainsmay be installed on the frontwheels only.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007

5 45


E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AFD

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

E120400AFD

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.


465

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AFD

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AUN

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, awindow scraper, gloves, ground cloth,coveralls, a blanket, etc.

5 47


E140000AFD

If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourstate’s Department of Motor Vehicles todetermine their legal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for furtherdetails before towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and/or drive improperly, youcan lose control when you pull atrailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight)and trailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.


485

E140100AUN

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory isavailable at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

E140200AUN

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

E140300AUN

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's

brake system.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

5 49


E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane. Due to the added load to theengine when going uphill the vehicle mayalso take longer to pass than it would onflat ground.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects nearthe edge of the road. Avoid jerky or sud-den maneuvers. Signal well in advancebefore turning or lane changes.


505

E140405AFD

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

E140406AFD

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

5 51


E140407AUN-EA

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if theyunexpectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the curb (right if headed down hill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idleuntil it cools down. You may pro-ceed once the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose or brake stops work-ing.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.


525

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill

1. With the manual transaxle in Neutralor automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

5 53


E140600BFD

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 60 mph (100km/h)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Engine

Item

Gasoline Engine

2.4L 3.5L

Maximum trailerweight

Ibs. (kg)

Without brake system1653(750)

1653 (750)

With brakesystem

Without trailerpackage

2000(907)

2000(907)

With trailerpackage

2800(1270)

3500(1588)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on thecoupling device

Ibs. (kg)

280(127)

350(159)


545

E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerWhat is the maximum safe weight of atrailer? It should never weigh more thanthe maximum trailer weight with trailerbrakes. But even that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumpermissible trailer tongue load. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

5 55


WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.


565

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:930 lbs. (420 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AEN

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes:1653 lbs (750 kg)

With trailer brakes:- Without trailer package

2000 lbs (907 kg)- With trailer package• 2.4 Engine : 2800 lbs (1270 kg)• 3.5 Engine : 3500 lbs (1588 kg)

Towing capacity is the maximum trailerweight including its cargo weight, yourvehicle can tow.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

E150104AMG

Steps For Determining Correct LoadLimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OCM050304N

OCM050305N

5 57


2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lb(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 1400 lbs

Weight (635 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 1100 lbs

Luggage weight (499 kg)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2


585

E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

C190F03JM




B Weight 860 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 5(390 kg)



A B C

Example 3

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

5 59


The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.CAUTION

• Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.


605

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’s (orfront passenger’s) door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2

If the engine will not start / 6-3

Emergency starting / 6-4

If the engine overheats / 6-6

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7

If you have a flat tire / 6-13

Towing / 6-22



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OCM040111N

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AFD

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

F030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AFD

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion, coil and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be over-loaded and create a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AUN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101AFD

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AFD

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manual transaxle)and set the parking brake. If the air con-ditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom the hood, stop the engine. Do notopen the hood until the coolant hasstopped running or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible loss ofengine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OCM060012N


86

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS and Low Tire Pressuredo not illuminate for 3 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned to theON position or engine is running, orif they remain illuminated aftercoming on for approximately 3 sec-onds, take your car to your nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the TPMS malfunction indicatorand the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay turn on and illuminate afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The low tire pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem. If the system is able to cor-rectly detect an underinflation warn-ing at the same time as system fail-ure then it will illuminate the TPMSmalfunction indicator e.g. if Front Leftsensor fails, the TPMS malfunctionindicator illuminates, but if the FrontRight, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire isunder-inflated, the low tire pressureposition telltales may illuminatetogether with the TPMS malfunctionindicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may illuminat if snowchains or some separatelypurchased devices such asnotebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navi-gation etc. are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).


106

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tire repairedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible or replace theflat tire with the spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales willremain on until the low pressure tireis repaired and placed on the vehi-cle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the TPMSmalfunction indicator may illuminateafter a few minutes because theTPMS sensor mounted on the sparewheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will extin-guish within a few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf a original mounted tire isreplaced with the spare tire, theTPMS sensor on the replacedspare wheel should be initiatedand the TPMS sensor on theoriginal mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sen-sor on the original mountedwheel located in the spare tirecarrier still activates, the tirepressure monitoring systemmay not operate properly. Havethe tire with TPMS serviced orreplaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 11


You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.


126

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNING Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

6 13


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100AFD

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OCM06008N

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on firm level ground.If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)


146

F070200AFD

Removing and storing the sparetire Your spare tire is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tire:1. Open the tailgate.2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and

remove the cover.

3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lowerthe spare tire.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tire reaches theground.

OCM06009N

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OCM054010

6 15


4. After the spare tire reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tire outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tire carrier maybe damaged.

5. Remove the retainer (1) from thecenter of the spare tire.

To store the spare tire:1. Lay the tire on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2. Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel center.

3. Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

OXM069005OXM069004

WARNINGEnsure the spare tire retainer isproperly aligned with the centerof the spare tire to prevent thespare tire from “rattling”.Otherwise, it may cause thespare tire to fall off the carrierand lead to an accident.


166

F070300AFD

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4022 1VQA4023

6 17


6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM049011N OCM049013N OCM054012


186

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

6 19


Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

OXM069007


206

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070301AUN

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 21


When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one tempo-rary spare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the tem-porary spare tire is installed.


226

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

CAUTIONThe AWD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the AWDsystem.

WARNINGIf your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to LOCK or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignitions is ON,and the rollover sensor detects thesituation as a rollover.

6 23


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080300AFD

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front of the vehicle. Useextreme caution when towing the vehicle.A driver must be in the vehicle to steer itand operate the brakes.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OUN046030

OCM054034

OCM060014


246

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,axles, power train, steering and brakesmust all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

6 25


• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

F080301BUN

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

OXM069009

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h)and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km)when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransmission fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2

Maintenance services / 7-3

Owner maintenance / 7-4

Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-11

Engine oil / 7-14

Engine coolant / 7-15

Brake fluid / 7-18

Power steering fluid / 7-19

Washer fluid / 7-20

Parking brake / 7-21

Air cleaner / 7-22

Climate control air filter / 7-24

Wiper blades / 7-26

Battery / 7-29

Tires and wheels / 7-32

Fuses / 7-45

Light bulbs / 7-55

Appearance care / 7-63

Emission control system / 7-69

California perchlorate notice / 7-72

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Power steering fluid reservoir

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

OXM079001/OXM079100

■■ 2.4 Engine

■■ 3.5 Engine

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

G010000AXM

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AFD

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AEN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

G020200AEN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

Maintenance

47

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

G030000AFD

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

7 5

Maintenance

G030102ACM

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check manual transaxle operation,including clutch operation.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105ACM

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN-EU

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 7

Maintenance

G040100AEN-EU

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

Replace every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Replace every 100,000 miles (160,000 km) or 10 years

I I

I I I I I

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (IRIDIUM COATED)

VALVE CLEARANCE *1

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

*1 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I

At first, replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 60 months

After that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

No check, No service required.

I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (AUTO-TENSIONER,

GENERATOR, P/STR'G, A/CON, W/PUMP)

COOLANT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE / CLUTCH FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS,

CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

Replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months

Inspect every 40,000 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months

Inspect every 40,000 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS

/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL

JOINT

POWER STEERING FLUID

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) *2

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) *2

PROPELLER SHAFT (AWD)

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

No.

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

*2 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Maintenance

107

G040200AEN-EU

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temper-ature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD)

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD)

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

PROPELLER SHAFT

R

R

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

I

EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 80,000 MILES (12,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY


EVERY 80,000 MILES (120,000 KM)

EVERY 80,000 MILES (120,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY


A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

A, C, E, F, G, I

A, C, E, F, G, I

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E

C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

7 11

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AFD

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400AFD

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Maintenance

127

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AFD

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AFD

Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AXM

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer in accordance to the scheduledmaintenance at the beginning of thischapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

7 13

Maintenance

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AXM

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500ACM

Air conditioning refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Maintenance

147

ENGINE OIL

G060100AUN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OCM070003N OXM079005

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

7 15

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT

G060200AEN-EU

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

G070000AFD

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winter sea-son, and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

G070100AFD

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects, andreproductive harm.Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

Maintenance

167

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant refill is required, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for a coolingsystem inspection.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

OXM079006

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

7 17

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

G070200AFD

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OCM070007

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Maintenance

187

BRAKE FLUID

G080100AXM

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OXM079008

7 19

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the reservoir. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OCM070009

Maintenance

207

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

OCM070010

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

7 21

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE

Checking the parking brakeType ACheck whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 66 lb (30 kg, 294 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake alone shouldsecurely hold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or less thanspecified, have the parking brake adjustedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 8~9 notch

Type BCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

OCM050019OCM050015

Maintenance

227

AIR CLEANER

G160100ACM

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OXM079012 OXM079013 OXM079014

7 23

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenanceunder severe usage conditions” in thissection.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

Maintenance

247

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)G170100AXM

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to the main-tenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support strap (1).

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides.

OCM070015 OCM070016

7 25

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase by pulling out both sides of thecover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OCM070017OCM055011

Maintenance

267

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1JBA5122

7 27

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037 1JBA7038

Maintenance

287

G180202AFD

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OHM078062 OHM078063

7 29

Maintenance

BATTERY

G190100BUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

OCM070019

Maintenance

307

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNINGBattery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects, and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

7 31

Maintenance

G130300AUN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery termi-nal.

(Continued)

Maintenance

327

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200ACM

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (10 psi(70 kPa) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OCM070048L

7 33

Maintenance

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't been driv-en more than 1 mile (1.6 km)since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

347

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AFD

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

7 35

Maintenance

G200400AXM

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Directional tires (if equipped)

Maintenance

367

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

G200600BFD

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

WARNING - Replacingtires

• Driving on worn-out tires isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtires designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tire and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury.When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip allfour tires with the tire andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

7 37

Maintenance

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700AUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• The use of any other tire size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tire clearance, snow tireclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtires at the same time. If thatis not possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4 tiresmust use the same size origi-nally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different sizecan cause the ABS (Anti-lockBrake System) and ESC(Electronic Stability Control) (ifequipped) to work irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

Maintenance

387

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002ACM

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P235/60R18 102H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

235 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 39

Maintenance

102 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX18

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Maintenance

407

G201004AUN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G201007BUN

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by not climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thisWarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

7 41

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by the law.

G201100AEN

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transaxlepower seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

Maintenance

427

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

7 43

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

Maintenance

447

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels as fol-lows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is notavailable for a AWD vehicle,chains may be installed onthe front wheels only.

Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

7 45

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000AFD

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

467

G210100AUN

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OCM054002 OCM070021

7 47

Maintenance

G210101AXM

Memory fuse (SHUNT connector)Your vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse (SHUNT connector) to prevent bat-tery discharge if your vehicle is parkedwithout being operated for prolongedperiods. Use the following proceduresbefore parking the vehicle for prolongedperiods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull out the memory fuse (SHUNTconnector).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AFD

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.

OCM070022 OCM070023

Maintenance

487

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201ACM

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the bolts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anAuthorized HYUNDAI Dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OCM070025

7 49

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.Engine compartment

OCM070026/OCM070027

G210300AFD

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Driver’s side panel

Maintenance

507

Driver's side fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component

START 10A Burglar Alarm Relay

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH

P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH

S/ROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

P/SEAT 30A Driver/Passenger Seat Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

SAFETY PWR 25A Safety Power Window Module

MIRR HTD 10A Rear Defogger Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

A/BAG 2 15A Digital Clock & Telltail

A/BAG 1 15A SRS Control Module, PODS Module

ROOM LP 10AInstrument Cluster (IND.), Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, MAP Lamp, Room Lamp, Cargo Lamp,Driver/Passenger Vanity Switch

A/CON 10AA/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer, Incar Sensor, Sunroof Motor, Electro Chromic Mirror, BlowerRelay, GM02 (Ground), Home Link

AC INVERTER 25A AC Inverter Module

P/AMP 30A Amp

P/OUTLET CTR 15A Center Power Outlet

P/OUTLET 25A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter, Rear Power Outlet

C/LIGHTER 15A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

DR LOCK 20ADoor Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Key Lock/Unlock Relay), BCM, Driver/Passenger Door LockActuator, Tail Gate Lock Actuator, Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH, GM01 (Ground)

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.)

ESC SW 10AESC Switch, Steering Angle Sensor, ICM Relay Box (Sub Start Relay), Driver/Passenger SeatWarmer Control Module, Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)

7 51

Maintenance


T/SIG 10A Hazard Switch

S/WARMER 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module

DRL 15A ICM Relay Box (DRL Relay)

HAZARD 15AHazard Relay, Hazard Switch, BCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.), Multifunction Switch (Light), RearCombination Lamp (OUT) LH/RH, Head Lamp LH/RH

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

A/CON SW 10A A/C Control Module

CLUSTER 10AAlternator, Instrument Cluster (IND.), BCM, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Tire Pressure MonitoringModule, DVD Module

BCM 1 10A BCM

RR A/CON 15A Not Used

TPMS 10A Tire Pressure Monitoring Module

BCM 2 10A Rheostat, BCM, Instrument Cluster (MICOM), AC Inverter Switch, AC Inverter Module

AUDIO 2 10AAudio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, BCM, DVD Module, Digital Clock & Telltale, Power Outside MirrorSwitch

BLOWER 30A Blower Relay, Blower Motor, A/CON SW 10A

STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch

PDM 1 20A Not Used

BCM 3 10A BCM, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Security Indicator

CLOCK 15A A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, Digital Clock & Telltail

AUDIO 1 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DVD Module

ATM 10A Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

PDM 2 15A Not Used

POWER CONNECTOR FUSE - ROOM LP 15A, CLOCK 15A, AUDIO 1 15A, BCM 3 10A

Maintenance

527

Engine compartment


ALT 175AFUSIBLE LINK - BLR, B+ 2, P/WDW, ESC 1, ESC 2 FUSE - DEICER, RR HTD, A/CON, FR FOG, H/LP LO LH, H/LP LO RH

BATT 30A Trailer Power Outlet

IGN 1 40A Ignition Switch (ACC, IG 1)

ESC 1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

CON FAN 2 50A Condenser Fan Relay (High)

ESC 2 20A ESC Control Module

BLR 40A FUSE - BLOWER

P/WDW 40A Power Window Relay, FUSE - SAFETY PWR

B+ 2 50A FUSE - P/SEAT, TPMS, RR A/CON, S/WARMER, S/ROOF, PDM 2, P/AMP, AC INVERTER, DRL

IGN 2 40A Ignition Switch (START, IG 2), Start Relay

B+ 1 50AFUSE - DR LOCK, HAZARD, ATM, PDM 1, STOP LP, POWER CONNECTOR (BCM 3, CLOCKROOM LP, AUDIO 1)

CON FAN 1 40A Condenser Fan Relay (Low)

ECU MAIN 40A Engine Control Relay

1 DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay

2 RR HTD 30A Rear Defogger Relay

3 - - -

4 H/LP LO RH 15A Head Lamp Low Relay (RH)

5 HORN 15A Horn Relay

7 53

Maintenance


6 H/LP LO LH 15A Head Lamp Low Relay (LH)

7 H/LP HI IND 10A Instrument Cluster (High Beam IND.)

8 - - -

9 A/CON 10A A/CON Relay

10 ATM 15A AWD ECM, PCM (G4KE), Back-Up Lamp Relay

11 - - -

12 TAIL LP RH 10A Rear Combination Lamp (In)/(Out) RH, Head Lamp RH, Glove Box Lamp, Illuminations

13 FR FOG 10A Front Fog Lamp Relay

14 SENSOR 3 15A

G4KE - Injector #1~#4, Canister Close Valve Canister Purge Control Solenoid ValveG6DC - PCM, Oil Control Valve #1/2 (Exhaust/Intake)Canister Purge Control Solenoid ValveCanister Close Valve, Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1/2

15 TAIL LP LH 10A License Lamp, Rear Combination Lamp (In) LH, Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH, Head Lamp LH

16 FUEL PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay

17 FR WIPER 25A Front Wiper Relay, Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

18 TCU 15A PCM, Battery Sensor

19 ESC 10AMultipurpose Check Connector (G6DC), AWD ECM, ESC Control Module, Yaw Rate Sensor, StopLamp Switch (G6DC)

20 COOLING 10A Condenser Fan Relay (G6DC)

21 B/UP LP 10A Back-Up Lamp Relay, Back-Up Lamp Switch (G4KE)

22 H/LP 10A Head Lamp Low Relay (LH/RH), Front Fog Lamp Relay, Head Lamp High Relay

23 ECU 10A PCM, Alternator (G6DC), Transaxle Range Switch

24 H/LP HI 20A Head Lamp High Relay

Maintenance

547


25 SENSOR 1 10A

G4KE - Stop Lamp Switch, Immobilizer Module, A/CON Relay, Fuel Pump Relay, Condenser FanRelay (Low/High), Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oil Control Valve #1/2, Camshaft Position Sensor#1/2, Oxygen Sensor (Up), Variable Intake Manifold ValveG6DC - PCM, A/CON Relay, Fuel Pump Relay, Injector #1~#6, Immobilizer Module

26 SENSOR 2 15AG4KE - PCM, Oxygen Sensor (Down)G6DC - PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1~#4, Variable Charge Motion Actuator

27 IGN COIL 20AG4KE - Condenser, Ignition Coil #1~#4G6DC - Condenser #1/2, Ignition Coil #1~#6

28 SPARE 10A -

29 SPARE 15A -

30 SPARE 20A -

31 SPARE 25A -

32 SPARE 30A -

7 55

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBSG220000AFD

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Maintenance

567

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light / Front turn signal light

(Front side marker)(4) Front fog light (if equipped)

G220101ACM

Headlight bulb

OCM070029 OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

7 57

Maintenance

1. Open the hood.2. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove

the headlight assembly from the bodyof the vehicle.

3. Disconnect the power connector fromthe back of the headlight assembly.

4. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

6. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward (High beam).

7. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

8. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb (High beam).

9. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

10. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

11. Connect the power connector to theback of the headlight assembly.

12. Reinstall the headlight assembly tothe body of the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OCM070051LOCM070050L

Maintenance

587

Turn signal light/Position light

1. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

2. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

4. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)1. Remove the front bumper under cover.2. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.3. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

OXM079053LOCM055014L/H

7 59

Maintenance

5. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housing andturn the socket clockwise.

6. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

7. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Rear turn signal light(2) Stop and tail light(3) Tail light(4) Back-up light(5) Rear side marker

Outside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Loosen the light assembly retaining

nuts with a wrench.4. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OCM055026

OCM070033

OCM070052N

Maintenance

607

5. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulb alignwith the slots in the socket. Pull the bulbout of the socket. (Side marker :Remove the bulb from the socket bypulling it out)



9. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Inside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket. (Back-uplight : Remove the bulb from the cock-et by pulling it out)



7. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

OCM070037

OCM070038

7 61

Maintenance

High mounted stop lightreplacementIf the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with

a philips head screwdriver.2. Remove the lens.3. Remove the bulb.4. Install a new bulb.5. Reinstall the lens securely with the

lens retaining screws.

Door courtesy lamp bulb replace-ment (if equipped)If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OCM070046 OCM055036 OCM040134

Maintenance

627

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

Map lamp

OXM079044/OXM079041

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

Luggage room lamp

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Vanity mirror lampRoom lamp

OCM070049L/OCM055033/OCM070045

Glove box lamp

7 63

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102CUN

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits.A mild soap, safe for use on painted sur-faces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemicalsolvents or strong detergents.

Maintenance

647

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

7 65

Maintenance

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

667

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

7 67

Maintenance

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

687

Interior careG230201BUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 69

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AFD

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery)system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuel vaporsfrom escaping into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

Maintenance

707

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN-EU

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

7 71

Maintenance

G270303BFD

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

Maintenance

727

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEG280000AEN

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

8

Dimensions / 8-2

Bulb wattage / 8-2

Tires and wheels / 8-3

Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7

Vehicle certification label / 8-7

Tire specification and pressure label / 8-8

Engine number / 8-8

Consumer information / 8-9

Reporting safety defects / 8-10

Binding arbitration / 8-10

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects


28

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4650 (183.1)

Overall width 1890 (74.4)

Overall height 1725 (67.9)/1760 (69.3)*

Front tread 1615 (63.6)

Rear tread 1620 (63.8)

Wheelbase 2700 (106.3)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal lights /

27/8Position lights (Front side markers)Front fog lights* 27Stop and tail lights 27/8Tail lights 8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 16Rear side markers 5

High mounted stop light*With spoiler LEDWithout spoiler 5

License plate lights 5Map lamp 10Room lamp 10Luggage lamp* 10Glove box lamp* 5Vanity mirror lamp 5

Door courtesy lamp 5

BULB WATTAGE

* If equipped

* with roof rack

I010000ACM I030000ACM

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

Front Rear Front Rear

P235/65R17 7.0J×17 33 33 38 42

P235/60R18 7.0J×18 (230) (230) (260) (290)

T165/90R17 4.0T×1760 60 60 60

(420) (420) (420) (420)

Full size tire

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

Inflation pressure

psi (kPa)

65~79

(9~11, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size Maximum load

( )

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Normal load( )

I020000ACM


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

I040000ACM-EU

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends2.4 Engine 4.86 US qt. (4.6 l)

API Service SM*3,

ILSAC GF-4 or above3.5 Engine 5.49 US qt. (5.2 l)

Manual transaxle fluid 2.4 Engine 1.90 US qt. (1.8 l) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85

Automatic transaxle fluid2.4 Engine 7.50 US qt. (7.1 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IVNOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other

brands meeting the above specification approved byHyundai Motor Co.,3.5 Engine 8.24 US qt. (7.8 l)

Power steering 1.06 US qt. (1.0 l) PSF-3

Coolant 2.4 Engine

MT 6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

AT 6.97 US qt. (6.6 l)

3.5 Engine AT 9.09 US qt. (8.6 l)

8 5


*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.MT : Manual transaxle AT : Automatic transaxle

Lubricant Volume Classification

Brake/clutch fluid 6.97 US qt. (6.6 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil (AWD) 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Transfer case oil (AWD)2.4 Engine 0.63 US qt. (0.6 l)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

3.5 Engine 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)

Fuel 17.96 US gal. (68 l) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1


68

I040100AXM

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

8 7


H010000AEN

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the enginecompartment bulkhead.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

H020000AEN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OCM080001

Frame number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OEN086004N

VIN label

OCM056002


88

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OCM080003

■ Gasoline engine (2.4L)

■ Gasoline engine (3.5L)

OXM089006L

OCM070048L

8 9


H050000AEN

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi,Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma,Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, Colorado, ldaho, Montana,Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington,Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

California Region: California

California Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O. Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION


108

H070000AEN

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

H090000AEN

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the NationalArbitration Forum (NAF) or the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA), under theCode of Procedure of the entity youselect.You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted underthe Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec-tions 1-16. Judgment upon any awardmay be entered in any court having juris-diction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://war-ranty-arbitrat ion.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90 daysafter you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags-advanced supplemental restraint system ········3-36Air bag warning label ··················································3-62Air bag warning light ··················································3-59Curtain air bag ·····························································3-50Driver's and passenger's front air bag··························3-45Occupant classification system ···································3-40Side impact air bag······················································3-49

Air cleaner ·····································································7-22All wheel drive (AWD)··················································5-16Appearance care·····························································7-63

Exterior care ································································7-63Interior care ·······························································7-668

Audio system ·································································4-99Antenna········································································4-99Steering wheel audio control·······································4-99

Automatic climate control system ·································4-76Air conditioning ··························································4-82Automatic heating and air conditioning······················4-77Manual heating and air conditioning···························4-67

Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-10Ignition key interlock system ······································5-12Shift lock system ·························································5-13Sports mode·································································5-14

Battery············································································7-29Before driving ··································································5-3Brake system··································································5-23

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ···································5-26Electronic stability control (ESC) ······························5-28Parking brake······························································5-24Power brakes ······························································5-23

Brake fluid ·····································································7-18Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

California Perchlorate Notice ······································· 7-72 Child restraint system ····················································3-28

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode ····················································3-30

Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system··················································3-32

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system ·································3-34

Climate control air filter ················································7-24Consumer information ·····················································8-9Cruise control system ····················································5-33

A B

C

I 3

Index

Defroster ········································································4-66Dimensions ······································································8-2Door locks······································································4-14

Central door lock switch ···············································4-8Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-10

Economical operation ····················································5-37Emergency starting ··························································6-4

Jump starting ·································································6-4Push starting ··································································6-5

Emission control system················································7-69Crankcase emission control system·····························7-69Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) System ···········7-69Exhaust emission control system ································7-70

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-15Engine number·································································8-8Engine oil·······································································7-14Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-11Exterior features·····························································4-98

Roof rack ·····································································4-98

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-19Fuel requirements ····························································1-2Fuses ··············································································7-45

Fuse/relay panel description········································7-49Main fuse ·····································································7-48Memory fuse································································7-47

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-56Hood···············································································4-17How to use this manual ···················································1-2

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·····················································6-13

Changing tires······························································6-16Compact spare tire·······················································6-20Jack and tools ······························································6-13Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-13

D

E

F

H

I

Index

4I

In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-6Instrument cluster ··························································4-40

Engine temperature gauge ···········································4-42Fuel gauge ···································································4-43Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-41 Odometer/Tripmeter ····················································4-43Speedometer ································································4-41Tachometer ··································································4-41Trip computer ······························································4-45Warning and indicators················································4-48

Instrument panel overview···············································2-3Interior features······························································4-89

AC inverter ··································································4-93Ashtray ········································································4-89Aux, USB and iPod ·····················································4-95Cargo security screen ·················································4- 96Cigarette lighter ···························································4-89Clothes hanger ·····························································4-95Cup holder ···································································4-90Digital clock ································································4-94Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-95Luggage net (holder) ·················································4-119Outside thermometer ···················································4-80Power outlet·································································4-92Sunvisor ·······································································4-91

Interior light ···································································4-63Interior overview······························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Illuminated ignition switch············································5-4

Keys ·················································································4-2

Light bulbs ·····································································7-55Headlight, position light, turn signal light, side

marker light and front fog light bulb replacement····7-56High mounted stop light replacement ·························7-61Interior light bulb replacement ····································7-62License plate light bulb replacement···························7-61Door courtesy lamp bulb replacement ························7-61Rear combination light bulb replacement ···················7-59

Lighting··········································································4-57Battery saver function··················································4-57

K

L

I 5

Index

Maintenance services·······················································7-3Manual climate control system······································4-67

Air conditioning ··························································4-72Climate control air filter ··············································4-74Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-68Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass············4-28Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass and

HomeLink® system ··················································4-31Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-28Outside rearview mirror ··············································4-38

Manual transaxle······························································5-7

Owner maintenance ·························································7-4

Parking brake ·································································7-21Power steering fluid·······················································7-19

Rear seat entertainment system (RSE) ························4-153Rearview camera····························································4-56Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number··························8-6Remote keyless entry·······················································4-3Reporting safety defects ················································8-10Road warning···································································6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-6Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-10

Seat belts ········································································3-17Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-22Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with

emergency locking retractor······································3-18Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat

3-point system with combination locking retractor ··3-20Seat belt warning ·························································3-18

Seats ·················································································3-2Armrest ········································································3-14Headrest································································3-8, 3-12Folding the rear seat ····················································3-14Front seat adjustment - manual ·····································3-5Front seat adjustment - power ·······································3-6

M R

S

O

P

Index

6I

Lumbar support ·····························································3-6Rear seat adjustment····················································3-12Seatback pocket ···························································3-11Seat warmer ·································································3-10

Special driving conditions ·············································5-39Driving at night ···························································5-40Driving in flooded areas ··············································5-41Driving in the rain ·······················································5-41Hazardous driving conditions······································5-39Highway driving ··························································5-42Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-39Smooth cornering ························································5-40

Starting the engine ···························································5-5Steering wheel ·······························································4-26

Horn·············································································4-27Power steering ·····························································4-26Tilt steering··································································4-26

Storage compartment ·····················································4-86Center console storage·················································4-86Glove box ····································································4-86Multi box ·····································································4-87Luggage box ································································4-88Sunglass holder····························································4-87

Sunroof···········································································4-22

Tailgate···········································································4-11Theft-alarm system ··························································4-5Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS)······················6-7

Changing a tire with TPMS·········································6-10Low tire pressure telltale ···············································6-8TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system)

malfunction indicator ··················································6-9Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-8Tires and wheels·····················································7-32, 8-3

All season tires ····························································7-43Checking tire inflation pressure ··································7-34Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-36Radial-ply tires ····························································7-44Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-32Snow tires ····································································7-43Summer tires································································7-43Tire care·······································································7-32Tire chains ···································································7-44Tire maintenance ·························································7-38Tire replacement ··························································7-36Tire rotation ·································································7-35Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-38Tire terminology and definitions ·································7-41Tire traction ·································································7-38Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-36Wheel replacement ······················································7-36

T

I 7

Index

Towing ···········································································6-22Emergency towing ·······················································6-23

Trailer towing·································································5-47Driving with a trailer ···················································5-49Hitches ·········································································5-48Safety chains································································5-48Trailer brakes ·······························································5-48Weight of the trailer (tongue) ······································5-54

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5Vehicle certification label ················································8-7Vehicle data collection and event data recorders·············1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-7Vehicle load limit···························································5-56

Cargo capacity ·····························································5-56Certification label ························································5-58Seating capacity···························································5-56Tire and loading information label······························5-56Towing capacity···························································5-56Vehicle capacity weight···············································5-56

Vehicle weight ·······························································5-60Base curb weight ·························································5-60Cargo weight ·······························································5-60GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-60GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-60GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-60GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-60

Washer fluid···································································7-20Windows ········································································4-13

Auto up/down window ················································4-14Power window lock button··········································4-15

Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-83Defogging logic ···························································4-85

Winter driving································································5-43Snow tires ····································································5-43Tire chains ···································································5-44

Wiper blades ··································································7-26Wipers and washers ·······················································4-61

VW

hyundai santa fe 2010 manual

Documents

new hyundai

hyundai models

f2your hyundai

hyundai dealers

hyundai motor americanote

authorized hyundai deal

owners manual

helpful information